GCC PR c++/56840
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
... / ...
CommitLineData
1/* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20#include "defs.h"
21#include "arch-utils.h"
22#include <ctype.h>
23#include "hashtab.h"
24#include "symtab.h"
25#include "frame.h"
26#include "breakpoint.h"
27#include "tracepoint.h"
28#include "gdbtypes.h"
29#include "expression.h"
30#include "gdbcore.h"
31#include "gdbcmd.h"
32#include "value.h"
33#include "command.h"
34#include "inferior.h"
35#include "gdbthread.h"
36#include "target.h"
37#include "language.h"
38#include "gdb_string.h"
39#include "gdb-demangle.h"
40#include "filenames.h"
41#include "annotate.h"
42#include "symfile.h"
43#include "objfiles.h"
44#include "source.h"
45#include "linespec.h"
46#include "completer.h"
47#include "gdb.h"
48#include "ui-out.h"
49#include "cli/cli-script.h"
50#include "gdb_assert.h"
51#include "block.h"
52#include "solib.h"
53#include "solist.h"
54#include "observer.h"
55#include "exceptions.h"
56#include "memattr.h"
57#include "ada-lang.h"
58#include "top.h"
59#include "valprint.h"
60#include "jit.h"
61#include "xml-syscall.h"
62#include "parser-defs.h"
63#include "gdb_regex.h"
64#include "probe.h"
65#include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66#include "continuations.h"
67#include "stack.h"
68#include "skip.h"
69#include "gdb_regex.h"
70#include "ax-gdb.h"
71#include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73#include "format.h"
74
75/* readline include files */
76#include "readline/readline.h"
77#include "readline/history.h"
78
79/* readline defines this. */
80#undef savestring
81
82#include "mi/mi-common.h"
83#include "python/python.h"
84
85/* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86enum exception_event_kind
87{
88 EX_EVENT_THROW,
89 EX_EVENT_CATCH
90};
91
92/* Prototypes for local functions. */
93
94static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95
96static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97
98static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99
100static void disable_command (char *, int);
101
102static void enable_command (char *, int);
103
104static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
105 void *),
106 void *);
107
108static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109
110static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111
112static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
113
114static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result *,
116 enum bptype, char *,
117 char **);
118
119static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 struct linespec_sals *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
124 int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
127
128static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
130
131static void clear_command (char *, int);
132
133static void catch_command (char *, int);
134
135static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
136
137static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138
139static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
140
141static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
142 enum bptype,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
146
147/* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 static. */
149struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
151 enum bptype,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
153
154static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
156 enum bptype type,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
158
159static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
160
161static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
162 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
163 enum bptype bptype);
164
165static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
168
169static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
170 CORE_ADDR addr1,
171 struct address_space *aspace2,
172 CORE_ADDR addr2);
173
174static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
175 struct bp_location *loc2);
176
177static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
178 struct address_space *aspace,
179 CORE_ADDR addr);
180
181static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
182
183static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
184
185static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
187
188static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
189
190static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
191
192static void commands_command (char *, int);
193
194static void condition_command (char *, int);
195
196typedef enum
197 {
198 mark_inserted,
199 mark_uninserted
200 }
201insertion_state_t;
202
203static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
205
206static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
207
208static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209
210static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211
212static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213
214static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
215
216static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
217 enum bptype type,
218 int *other_type_used);
219
220static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221
222static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223
224static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
225 int count);
226
227static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228
229static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230
231static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232
233static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
234
235static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
236 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
237
238static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
239
240static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
241
242static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
243 CORE_ADDR pc);
244
245static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
246static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
247static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
248
249static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
250
251static void update_global_location_list (int);
252
253static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
254
255static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
256
257static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
258
259static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
260
261static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
262
263static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
264
265static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
266
267static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
268
269static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
270
271static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
272
273static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
274
275static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
276
277/* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
278 otherwise. */
279
280static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
281
282/* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
283 from. */
284struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
285
286/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
287 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
288 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
289static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
290
291/* Internal breakpoints class type. */
292static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
293
294/* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
295static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
296
297/* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
298static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
299
300/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
301 breakpoints. */
302struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
303
304/* Breakpoints set on probes. */
305static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
306
307/* Dynamic printf class type. */
308static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
309
310/* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
311 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
312 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
313 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
314 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
315 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
316
317static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
318static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
319static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
320static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
321 dprintf_style_gdb,
322 dprintf_style_call,
323 dprintf_style_agent,
324 NULL
325};
326static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
327
328/* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
329 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
330 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
331 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
332
333static char *dprintf_function = "";
334
335/* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
336 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
337 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
338 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
339 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
340 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
341 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
342
343static char *dprintf_channel = "";
344
345/* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
346 has disconnected. */
347static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
348
349/* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
350 breakpoints share a single command list. */
351struct counted_command_line
352{
353 /* The reference count. */
354 int refc;
355
356 /* The command list. */
357 struct command_line *commands;
358};
359
360struct command_line *
361breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
362{
363 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
364}
365
366/* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
367 current breakpoint. */
368
369static int breakpoint_proceeded;
370
371const char *
372bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
373{
374 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
375 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
376 a breakpoint. */
377 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
378
379 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
380}
381
382/* Prototypes for exported functions. */
383/* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
384 if such is available. */
385static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
386
387static void
388show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
389 struct cmd_list_element *c,
390 const char *value)
391{
392 fprintf_filtered (file,
393 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
394 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
395 value);
396}
397
398/* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
400 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
401 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
402static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
403static void
404show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
405 struct cmd_list_element *c,
406 const char *value)
407{
408 fprintf_filtered (file,
409 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
410 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
411 value);
412}
413
414/* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
415 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
416 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
417 use hardware breakpoints. */
418static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
419static void
420show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
421 struct cmd_list_element *c,
422 const char *value)
423{
424 fprintf_filtered (file,
425 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
426 value);
427}
428
429/* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
430 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
431 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
432 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
433 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
434
435static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
436
437static void
438show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
439 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
440{
441 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
442 fprintf_filtered (file,
443 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
444 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
445 value,
446 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
447 else
448 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
449 value);
450}
451
452int
453breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
454{
455 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
456 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
457}
458
459static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
460
461/* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
462static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
463static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
464static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
465static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
466 condition_evaluation_auto,
467 condition_evaluation_host,
468 condition_evaluation_target,
469 NULL
470};
471
472/* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
473static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
474
475/* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
476 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
477static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
478
479/* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
480 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
481 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
482 evaluation mode. */
483
484static const char *
485translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
486{
487 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
488 {
489 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
490 return condition_evaluation_target;
491 else
492 return condition_evaluation_host;
493 }
494 else
495 return mode;
496}
497
498/* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
499
500static const char *
501breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
502{
503 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
504}
505
506/* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
507 otherwise. */
508
509static int
510gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
511{
512 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
513
514 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
515}
516
517void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
518
519/* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
520static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
521
522/* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
523static int overlay_events_enabled;
524
525/* See description in breakpoint.h. */
526int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
527
528/* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
530 current breakpoint. */
531
532#define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
533
534#define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
535 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
536 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
537 B = TMP)
538
539/* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
540 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
541 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
542
543#define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
544 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
545 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
546 BP_TMP++)
547
548/* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
549 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
550 to where the loop should start from.
551 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
552 appropriate location to start with. */
553
554#define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
555 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
557 BP_LOCP_START \
558 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
559 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
560 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
561
562/* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
563
564#define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
565 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
566 if (is_tracepoint (B))
567
568/* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
569
570struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
571
572/* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
573
574static struct bp_location **bp_location;
575
576/* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
577
578static unsigned bp_location_count;
579
580/* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
581 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
582 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
583 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
584 an address you need to read. */
585
586static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
587
588/* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
589 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
590 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
591 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
592 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
593
594static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
595
596/* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
597 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
598 by a target. */
599VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
600
601/* Number of last breakpoint made. */
602
603static int breakpoint_count;
604
605/* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
606 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
607 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
608 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
609static int prev_breakpoint_count;
610
611/* Number of last tracepoint made. */
612
613static int tracepoint_count;
614
615static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
616static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
617struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
618
619/* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
620static int
621breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
622{
623 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
624}
625
626/* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
627
628static void
629set_breakpoint_count (int num)
630{
631 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
632 breakpoint_count = num;
633 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
634}
635
636/* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
637 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
638static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
639
640/* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
641 breakpoint made. */
642
643void
644start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
645{
646 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
647}
648
649/* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
650 breakpoint made. */
651
652void
653end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
654{
655 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
656}
657
658/* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
659
660void
661clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
662{
663 struct breakpoint *b;
664
665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
666 b->hit_count = 0;
667}
668
669/* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
670 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
671
672static struct counted_command_line *
673alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
674{
675 struct counted_command_line *result
676 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
677
678 result->refc = 1;
679 result->commands = commands;
680 return result;
681}
682
683/* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
684
685static void
686incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
687{
688 if (cmd)
689 ++cmd->refc;
690}
691
692/* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
693 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
694 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
695
696static void
697decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
698{
699 if (*cmdp)
700 {
701 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
702 {
703 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
704 xfree (*cmdp);
705 }
706 *cmdp = NULL;
707 }
708}
709
710/* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
711
712static void
713do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
714{
715 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
716}
717
718/* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
719 argument. */
720
721static struct cleanup *
722make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
723{
724 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
725}
726
727\f
728/* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
729 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
730
731struct breakpoint *
732get_breakpoint (int num)
733{
734 struct breakpoint *b;
735
736 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
737 if (b->number == num)
738 return b;
739
740 return NULL;
741}
742
743\f
744
745/* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
746 evaluating conditions on its side. */
747
748static void
749mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
750{
751 struct bp_location *loc;
752
753 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
754 evaluating conditions and if the user has
755 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
756 side. */
757 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
758 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
759 return;
760
761 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
762 return;
763
764 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
765 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
766}
767
768/* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
769 evaluating conditions on its side. */
770
771static void
772mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
773{
774 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
775 evaluating conditions and if the user has
776 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
777 side. */
778 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
779 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
780
781 return;
782
783 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
784 return;
785
786 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
787}
788
789/* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
790 condition_evaluation_mode. */
791
792static void
793set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
794 struct cmd_list_element *c)
795{
796 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
797
798 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
799 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
800 {
801 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
802 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
803 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
804 return;
805 }
806
807 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
808 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
809
810 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
811 settings was "auto". */
812 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
813
814 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
815 if (new_mode != old_mode)
816 {
817 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
818 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
819 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
820
821 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
822 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
823 */
824
825 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
826 {
827 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
828 target. */
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
831 }
832 else
833 {
834 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
835 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
836 target knows about. */
837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
838 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
839 loc->needs_update = 1;
840 }
841
842 /* Do the update. */
843 update_global_location_list (1);
844 }
845
846 return;
847}
848
849/* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
850 what "auto" is translating to. */
851
852static void
853show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
854 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
855{
856 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
857 fprintf_filtered (file,
858 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
859 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
860 value,
861 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
862 else
863 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
864 value);
865}
866
867/* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
868 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
869 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
870
871static int
872bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
873{
874 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
875 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
876
877 if (a->address == b->address)
878 return 0;
879 else
880 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
881}
882
883/* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
884 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
885 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
886 return NULL. */
887
888static struct bp_location **
889get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
890{
891 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
892 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
893 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
894
895 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
896 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
897 dummy_loc.address = address;
898
899 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
900 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
901 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
902 bp_location_compare_addrs);
903
904 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
905 if (locp_found == NULL)
906 return NULL;
907
908 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
909 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
910 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
911 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
912 locp_found--;
913
914 return locp_found;
915}
916
917void
918set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
919 int from_tty)
920{
921 xfree (b->cond_string);
922 b->cond_string = NULL;
923
924 if (is_watchpoint (b))
925 {
926 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
927
928 xfree (w->cond_exp);
929 w->cond_exp = NULL;
930 }
931 else
932 {
933 struct bp_location *loc;
934
935 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
936 {
937 xfree (loc->cond);
938 loc->cond = NULL;
939
940 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
941 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
942 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
943 }
944 }
945
946 if (*exp == 0)
947 {
948 if (from_tty)
949 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
950 }
951 else
952 {
953 const char *arg = exp;
954
955 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
956 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
957 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
958 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
959
960 if (is_watchpoint (b))
961 {
962 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
963
964 innermost_block = NULL;
965 arg = exp;
966 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
967 if (*arg)
968 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
969 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
970 }
971 else
972 {
973 struct bp_location *loc;
974
975 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
976 {
977 arg = exp;
978 loc->cond =
979 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
980 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
981 if (*arg)
982 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
983 }
984 }
985 }
986 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
987
988 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
989}
990
991/* Completion for the "condition" command. */
992
993static VEC (char_ptr) *
994condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
995 const char *text, const char *word)
996{
997 const char *space;
998
999 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1000 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1001 if (*space == '\0')
1002 {
1003 int len;
1004 struct breakpoint *b;
1005 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1006
1007 if (text[0] == '$')
1008 {
1009 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1010 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1011 return NULL;
1012 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1013 }
1014
1015 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1016 len = strlen (text);
1017
1018 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1019 {
1020 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1021 struct bp_location *loc;
1022 int count = 1;
1023
1024 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1025 {
1026 char location[50];
1027
1028 if (single)
1029 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d", b->number);
1030 else
1031 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d.%d", b->number,
1032 count);
1033
1034 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1035 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1036
1037 ++count;
1038 }
1039 }
1040
1041 return result;
1042 }
1043
1044 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1045 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1046 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1047}
1048
1049/* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1050
1051static void
1052condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1053{
1054 struct breakpoint *b;
1055 char *p;
1056 int bnum;
1057
1058 if (arg == 0)
1059 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1060
1061 p = arg;
1062 bnum = get_number (&p);
1063 if (bnum == 0)
1064 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1065
1066 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1067 if (b->number == bnum)
1068 {
1069 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1070 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1071 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1072 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1073 if (b->py_bp_object
1074 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1075 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1076 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1077 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1078
1079 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1080 update_global_location_list (1);
1081
1082 return;
1083 }
1084
1085 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1086}
1087
1088/* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1089 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1090 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1091
1092static void
1093check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1094{
1095 struct command_line *c;
1096
1097 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1098 {
1099 int i;
1100
1101 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1102 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1103 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1104
1105 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1106 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1107
1108 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1109 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1110 command directly. */
1111 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1112 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1113
1114 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1115 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1116 }
1117}
1118
1119/* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1120
1121static int
1122is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1123{
1124 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1125 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1126 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1127}
1128
1129int
1130is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1131{
1132 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1133}
1134
1135/* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1136 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1137 found. */
1138
1139static void
1140validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1141 struct command_line *commands)
1142{
1143 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1144 {
1145 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1146 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1147 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1148 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1149 struct command_line *c;
1150 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1151 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1152 {
1153 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1154 {
1155 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1156 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1157 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1158 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1161
1162 if (while_stepping)
1163 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1164 "can be used only once"));
1165 else
1166 while_stepping = c;
1167 }
1168 }
1169 if (while_stepping)
1170 {
1171 struct command_line *c2;
1172
1173 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1174 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1175 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1176 {
1177 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1178 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1179 }
1180 }
1181 }
1182 else
1183 {
1184 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1185 }
1186}
1187
1188/* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1189 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1190
1191VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1192static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1193{
1194 struct breakpoint *b;
1195 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1196 struct bp_location *loc;
1197
1198 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1199 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1200 {
1201 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1202 if (loc->address == addr)
1203 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1204 }
1205
1206 return found;
1207}
1208
1209/* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1210 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1211
1212void
1213breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1214 struct command_line *commands)
1215{
1216 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1217
1218 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1219 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1220 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1221}
1222
1223/* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1224 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1225 commands. */
1226
1227void
1228breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1229{
1230 int old_silent = b->silent;
1231
1232 b->silent = silent;
1233 if (old_silent != silent)
1234 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1235}
1236
1237/* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1238 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1239
1240void
1241breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1242{
1243 int old_thread = b->thread;
1244
1245 b->thread = thread;
1246 if (old_thread != thread)
1247 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1248}
1249
1250/* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1251 breakpoint work for any task. */
1252
1253void
1254breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1255{
1256 int old_task = b->task;
1257
1258 b->task = task;
1259 if (old_task != task)
1260 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1261}
1262
1263void
1264check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1265{
1266 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1267
1268 validate_actionline (line, b);
1269}
1270
1271/* A structure used to pass information through
1272 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1273
1274struct commands_info
1275{
1276 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1277 int from_tty;
1278
1279 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1280 char *arg;
1281
1282 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1283 already-parsed command. */
1284 struct command_line *control;
1285
1286 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1287 yet been read. */
1288 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1289};
1290
1291/* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1292 commands_command. */
1293
1294static void
1295do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1296{
1297 struct commands_info *info = data;
1298
1299 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1300 {
1301 struct command_line *l;
1302
1303 if (info->control != NULL)
1304 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1305 else
1306 {
1307 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1308 char *str;
1309
1310 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1311 "%s, one per line."),
1312 info->arg);
1313
1314 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1315
1316 l = read_command_lines (str,
1317 info->from_tty, 1,
1318 (is_tracepoint (b)
1319 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1320 b);
1321
1322 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1323 }
1324
1325 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1326 }
1327
1328 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1329 do anything. */
1330 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1331 {
1332 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1333 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1334 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1335 b->commands = info->cmd;
1336 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1337 }
1338}
1339
1340static void
1341commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1342 struct command_line *control)
1343{
1344 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1345 struct commands_info info;
1346
1347 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1348 info.control = control;
1349 info.cmd = NULL;
1350 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1351 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1352 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1353
1354 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1355 {
1356 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1357 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1358 breakpoint_count);
1359 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1360 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1361 else
1362 {
1363 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1364 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1365 numbers will fail in this case. */
1366 arg = NULL;
1367 }
1368 }
1369 else
1370 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1371 our argument. */
1372 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1373
1374 if (arg != NULL)
1375 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1376
1377 info.arg = arg;
1378
1379 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1380
1381 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1382 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1383
1384 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1385}
1386
1387static void
1388commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1389{
1390 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1391}
1392
1393/* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1394 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1395
1396 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1397 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1398enum command_control_type
1399commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1400{
1401 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1402 return simple_control;
1403}
1404
1405/* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1406
1407static int
1408bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1409{
1410 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1411 return 0;
1412 if (!bl->inserted)
1413 return 0;
1414 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1415 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1416 return 0;
1417 return 1;
1418}
1419
1420/* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1421 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1422
1423 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1424 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1425 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1426
1427 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1428 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1429 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1430 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1431 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1432 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1433 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1434 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1435 and:
1436 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1437
1438void
1439breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1440 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1441 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1442{
1443 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1444 search. */
1445 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1446
1447 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1448 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1449 report higher one. */
1450
1451 bc_l = 0;
1452 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1453 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1454 {
1455 struct bp_location *bl;
1456
1457 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1458 bl = bp_location[bc];
1459
1460 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1461 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1462 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1463 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1464
1465 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1466 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1467 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1468
1469 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1470 >= bl->address)
1471 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1472 <= memaddr))
1473 bc_l = bc;
1474 else
1475 bc_r = bc;
1476 }
1477
1478 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1479 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1480 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1481 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1482 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1483 B:
1484
1485 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1486
1487 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1488 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1489 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1490 and L2. */
1491 while (bc_l > 0
1492 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1493 bc_l--;
1494
1495 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1496
1497 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1498 {
1499 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1500 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1501 int bp_size = 0;
1502 int bptoffset = 0;
1503
1504 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1505 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1506 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1507 bl->owner->number);
1508
1509 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1510 content. */
1511
1512 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1513 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1514 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1515 break;
1516
1517 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1518 continue;
1519 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1520 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1521 continue;
1522
1523 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1524 we need to copy. */
1525 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1526 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1527
1528 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1529 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1530 are reading. */
1531 continue;
1532
1533 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1534 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1535 reading. */
1536 continue;
1537
1538 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1539 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1540 {
1541 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1542 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1543 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1544 bp_addr = memaddr;
1545 }
1546
1547 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1548 {
1549 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1550 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1551 }
1552
1553 if (readbuf != NULL)
1554 {
1555 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1556 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1557 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1558 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1559 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1560
1561 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1562 shadow. */
1563 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1564 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1565 }
1566 else
1567 {
1568 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1569 const unsigned char *bp;
1570 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1571 int placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1572
1573 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1574 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1575 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1576
1577 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1578 address. */
1579 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1580
1581 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1582 breakpoint's INSN. */
1583 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1584 }
1585 }
1586}
1587\f
1588
1589/* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1590 breakpoint. */
1591
1592int
1593is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1594{
1595 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1596 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1597 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1598}
1599
1600/* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1601
1602static int
1603is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1604{
1605 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1606 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1607 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1608}
1609
1610/* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1611 software. */
1612
1613int
1614is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1615{
1616 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1617 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1618}
1619
1620/* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1621 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1622 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1623 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1624 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1625 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1626 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1627 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1628
1629static int
1630watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1631{
1632 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1633 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1634 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1635 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1636}
1637
1638/* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1639 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1640
1641static void
1642watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1643{
1644 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1645
1646 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1647 {
1648 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1649 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1650 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1651 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1652 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1653 }
1654 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1655}
1656
1657/* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1658 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1659 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1660 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1661 in b->loc->cond.
1662 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1663
1664 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1665 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1666 it.
1667
1668 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1669 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1670 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1671 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1672 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1673 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1674 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1675 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1676
1677 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1678 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1679 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1680 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1681 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1682 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1683 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1684 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1685 not changed.
1686
1687 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1688 hardware watchpoints:
1689
1690 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1691 called several times when GDB stops.
1692
1693 [linux]
1694 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1695 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1696 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1697 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1698 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1699 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1700 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1701 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1702 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1703 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1704 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1705
1706 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1707 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1708
1709static void
1710update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1711{
1712 int within_current_scope;
1713 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1714 int frame_saved;
1715
1716 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1717 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1718 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1719 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1720 return;
1721
1722 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1723 return;
1724
1725 frame_saved = 0;
1726
1727 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1728 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1729 within_current_scope = 1;
1730 else
1731 {
1732 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1733 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1734 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1735
1736 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1737 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1738 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1739 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1740 return;
1741
1742 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1743 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1744 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1745 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1746 selected frame. */
1747 frame_saved = 1;
1748 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1749
1750 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1751 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1752 if (within_current_scope)
1753 select_frame (fi);
1754 }
1755
1756 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1757 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1758 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1759 b->base.loc = NULL;
1760
1761 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1762 {
1763 const char *s;
1764
1765 if (b->exp)
1766 {
1767 xfree (b->exp);
1768 b->exp = NULL;
1769 }
1770 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1771 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1772 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1773 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1774 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1775 be completely different objects. */
1776 value_free (b->val);
1777 b->val = NULL;
1778 b->val_valid = 0;
1779
1780 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1781 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1782 locations (re)created below. */
1783 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1784 {
1785 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1786 {
1787 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1788 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1789 }
1790
1791 s = b->base.cond_string;
1792 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1793 }
1794 }
1795
1796 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1797 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1798 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1799 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1800 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1801 if ( !target_has_execution)
1802 {
1803 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1804 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1805 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1806 }
1807 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1808 {
1809 int pc = 0;
1810 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1811 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1812
1813 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1814
1815 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1816 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1817 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1818 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1819 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1820 watchpoints. */
1821 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1822 {
1823 b->val = v;
1824 b->val_valid = 1;
1825 }
1826
1827 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1828
1829 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1830 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1831 {
1832 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1833 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1834 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1835 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1836 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1837 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1838 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1839 {
1840 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1841
1842 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1843 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1844 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1845 if (v == result
1846 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1847 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1848 {
1849 CORE_ADDR addr;
1850 int type;
1851 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1852
1853 addr = value_address (v);
1854 type = hw_write;
1855 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1856 type = hw_read;
1857 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1858 type = hw_access;
1859
1860 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1861 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1862 ;
1863 *tmp = loc;
1864 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1865
1866 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1867 loc->address = addr;
1868 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1869 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1870 }
1871 }
1872 }
1873
1874 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1875 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1876 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1877 is started. */
1878 if (reparse)
1879 {
1880 int reg_cnt;
1881 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1882 struct bp_location *bl;
1883
1884 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1885
1886 if (reg_cnt)
1887 {
1888 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1889 enum bptype type;
1890
1891 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1892 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1893 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1894
1895 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1896 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1897 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1898 this watchpoint in as well. */
1899
1900 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1901 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1902 hardware watchpoint type. */
1903 type = b->base.type;
1904 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1905 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1906
1907 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1908 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1909 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1910 through watch_command), so always account for it
1911 manually. */
1912
1913 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1914 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1915
1916 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1917 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1918
1919 target_resources_ok
1920 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1921 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1922 {
1923 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1924
1925 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1926 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1927 "hardware watchpoint."));
1928 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1929 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1930 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1931
1932 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1933 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1934 }
1935 else
1936 {
1937 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1938 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1939 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1940 nop. */
1941 b->base.type = type;
1942 }
1943 }
1944 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1945 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1946 "read/access watchpoint."));
1947 else
1948 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1949
1950 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1951 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1952 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1953 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1954 }
1955
1956 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1957 {
1958 next = value_next (v);
1959 if (v != b->val)
1960 value_free (v);
1961 }
1962
1963 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1964 above left it without any location set up. But,
1965 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1966 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1967 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1968 {
1969 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1970 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1971 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1972 base->loc->address = -1;
1973 base->loc->length = -1;
1974 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1975 }
1976 }
1977 else if (!within_current_scope)
1978 {
1979 printf_filtered (_("\
1980Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1981in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1982 b->base.number);
1983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1984 }
1985
1986 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1987 if (frame_saved)
1988 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1989}
1990
1991
1992/* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1993 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1994 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1995 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1996 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1997static int
1998should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1999{
2000 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2001 return 0;
2002
2003 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2004 return 0;
2005
2006 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2007 return 0;
2008
2009 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2010 return 0;
2011
2012 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2013 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2014 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2015 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2016 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2017 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2018 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2019 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2020 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2021 return 0;
2022
2023 return 1;
2024}
2025
2026/* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2027 that the location is not duplicated. */
2028
2029static int
2030unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2031{
2032 int result;
2033 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2034
2035 bl->duplicate = 0;
2036 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2037 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2038 return result;
2039}
2040
2041/* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2042 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2043 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2044 any error during parsing. */
2045
2046static struct agent_expr *
2047parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2048{
2049 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2050 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2051
2052 if (!cond)
2053 return NULL;
2054
2055 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2056 that may show up. */
2057 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2058 {
2059 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2060 }
2061
2062 if (ex.reason < 0)
2063 {
2064 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2065 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2066 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2067 return NULL;
2068 }
2069
2070 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2071 return aexpr;
2072}
2073
2074/* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2075 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2076 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2077 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2078 one of them is true. */
2079
2080static void
2081build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2082{
2083 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2084 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2085 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2086 struct bp_location *loc;
2087
2088 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2089 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2090 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2091 side. */
2092 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2093 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2094 return;
2095
2096 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2097 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2098 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2099 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2100 response back to GDB. */
2101 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2102 {
2103 loc = (*loc2p);
2104 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2105 {
2106 if (modified)
2107 {
2108 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2109
2110 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2111 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2112 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2113 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2114 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2115 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2116
2117 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2118 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2119 to the target. */
2120 if (aexpr)
2121 continue;
2122 }
2123
2124 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2125 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2126 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2127 {
2128 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2129 break;
2130 }
2131 }
2132 }
2133
2134 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2135 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2136 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2137
2138 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2139 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2140 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2141 {
2142 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2143 {
2144 loc = (*loc2p);
2145 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2146 {
2147 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2148 located. */
2149 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2150 return;
2151
2152 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2153 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2154 }
2155 }
2156 }
2157
2158 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2159 for this location's address. */
2160 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2161 {
2162 loc = (*loc2p);
2163 if (loc->cond
2164 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2165 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2166 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2167 && loc->enabled)
2168 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2169 conditions to the target. */
2170 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2171 loc->cond_bytecode);
2172 }
2173
2174 return;
2175}
2176
2177/* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2178 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2179 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2180
2181static struct agent_expr *
2182parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2183{
2184 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2185 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2186 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2187 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2188 const char *cmdrest;
2189 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2190 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2191 int nargs;
2192 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2193
2194 if (!cmd)
2195 return NULL;
2196
2197 cmdrest = cmd;
2198
2199 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2200 ++cmdrest;
2201 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2202
2203 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2204 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2205
2206 format_start = cmdrest;
2207
2208 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2209
2210 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2211
2212 format_end = cmdrest;
2213
2214 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2215 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2216
2217 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2218
2219 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2220 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2221
2222 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2223 cmdrest++;
2224 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2225
2226 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2227
2228 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2229 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2230
2231 nargs = 0;
2232 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2233 {
2234 const char *cmd1;
2235
2236 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2237 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2238 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2239 cmdrest = cmd1;
2240 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2241 ++cmdrest;
2242 }
2243
2244 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2245 that may show up. */
2246 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2247 {
2248 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2249 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2250 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2251 }
2252
2253 if (ex.reason < 0)
2254 {
2255 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2256 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2257 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2258 return NULL;
2259 }
2260
2261 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2262
2263 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2264 return aexpr;
2265}
2266
2267/* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2268 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2269 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2270
2271static void
2272build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2273{
2274 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2275 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2276 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2277 struct bp_location *loc;
2278
2279 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2280 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2281 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2282 return;
2283
2284 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2285 return;
2286
2287 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2288 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2289 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2290 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2291 response back to GDB. */
2292 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2293 {
2294 loc = (*loc2p);
2295 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2296 {
2297 if (modified)
2298 {
2299 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2300
2301 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2302 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2303 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2304 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2305 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2306 loc->owner->extra_string);
2307 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2308
2309 if (!aexpr)
2310 continue;
2311 }
2312
2313 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2314 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2315 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2316 {
2317 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2318 break;
2319 }
2320 }
2321 }
2322
2323 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2324 and so clean up. */
2325 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2326 {
2327 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2328 {
2329 loc = (*loc2p);
2330 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2331 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2332 {
2333 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2334 located. */
2335 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2336 return;
2337
2338 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2339 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2340 }
2341 }
2342 }
2343
2344 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2345 for this location's address. */
2346 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2347 {
2348 loc = (*loc2p);
2349 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2350 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2351 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2352 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2353 && loc->enabled)
2354 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2355 to send the commands to the target. */
2356 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2357 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2358 }
2359
2360 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2361 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2362 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2363 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2364}
2365
2366/* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2367 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2368 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2369 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2370 -1 for failure.
2371
2372 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2373 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2374static int
2375insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2376 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2377 int *disabled_breaks,
2378 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2379 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2380{
2381 int val = 0;
2382 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2383 struct gdb_exception e;
2384
2385 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2386 return 0;
2387
2388 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2389 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2390 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2391 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2392 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2393 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2394 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2395 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2396 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2397 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2398 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2399 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2400
2401 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2402 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2403 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2404 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2405
2406 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2407 {
2408 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2409 build_target_command_list (bl);
2410 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2411 bl->needs_update = 0;
2412 }
2413
2414 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2415 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2416 {
2417 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2418 {
2419 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2420 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2421 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2422
2423 Two important cases are:
2424 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2425 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2426 hardware breakpoint.
2427 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2428 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2429 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2430 so we undo.
2431
2432 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2433 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2434 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2435 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2436 gdb. */
2437 struct mem_region *mr
2438 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2439
2440 if (mr)
2441 {
2442 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2443 {
2444 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2445
2446 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2447 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2448 else
2449 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2450
2451 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2452 {
2453 static int said = 0;
2454
2455 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2456 if (!said)
2457 {
2458 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2459 _("Note: automatically using "
2460 "hardware breakpoints for "
2461 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2462 said = 1;
2463 }
2464 }
2465 }
2466 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2467 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2468 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2469 "at readonly address %s"),
2470 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2471 }
2472 }
2473
2474 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2475 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2476 || bl->section == NULL
2477 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2478 {
2479 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2480 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2481 {
2482 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2483 }
2484 if (e.reason < 0)
2485 {
2486 val = 1;
2487 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2488 }
2489 }
2490 else
2491 {
2492 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2493 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2494 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2495 {
2496 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2497 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2498 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2499 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2500 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2501 bl->owner->number);
2502 else
2503 {
2504 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2505 bl->section);
2506 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2507 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2508 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2509 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2510 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2511 if (val != 0)
2512 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2513 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2514 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2515 bl->owner->number);
2516 }
2517 }
2518 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2519 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2520 {
2521 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2522 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2523 {
2524 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2525 }
2526 if (e.reason < 0)
2527 {
2528 val = 1;
2529 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2530 }
2531 }
2532 else
2533 {
2534 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2535 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2536 return 0;
2537 }
2538 }
2539
2540 if (val)
2541 {
2542 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2543 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2544 {
2545 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2546 val = 0;
2547 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2548 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2549 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2550 {
2551 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2552 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2553 bl->owner->number);
2554 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2555 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2556 "library breakpoints:\n");
2557 }
2558 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2559 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2560 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2561 }
2562 else
2563 {
2564 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2565 {
2566 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2567 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2568 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2569 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2570 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2571 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2572 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2573 }
2574 else
2575 {
2576 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2577 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2578 bl->owner->number);
2579 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2580 "Error accessing memory address ");
2581 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2582 tmp_error_stream);
2583 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2584 safe_strerror (val));
2585 }
2586
2587 }
2588 }
2589 else
2590 bl->inserted = 1;
2591
2592 return val;
2593 }
2594
2595 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2596 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2597 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2598 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2599 {
2600 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2601 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2602
2603 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2604
2605 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2606 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2607 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2608 {
2609 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2610
2611 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2612 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2613 of this one. */
2614 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2615 if (loc != bl
2616 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2617 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2618 {
2619 bl->duplicate = 1;
2620 bl->inserted = 1;
2621 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2622 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2623 val = 0;
2624 break;
2625 }
2626
2627 if (val == 1)
2628 {
2629 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2630 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2631
2632 if (val)
2633 /* Back to the original value. */
2634 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2635 }
2636 }
2637
2638 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2639 }
2640
2641 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2642 {
2643 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2644 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2645
2646 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2647 if (val)
2648 {
2649 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2650
2651 if (val == 1)
2652 warning (_("\
2653Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2654of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2655 else
2656 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2657 }
2658
2659 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2660
2661 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2662 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2663 so just return success. */
2664 return 0;
2665 }
2666
2667 return 0;
2668}
2669
2670/* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2671 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2672 PSPACE anymore. */
2673
2674void
2675breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2676{
2677 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2678 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2679
2680 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2681 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2682 {
2683 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2684 delete_breakpoint (b);
2685 }
2686
2687 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2688 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2689 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2690 {
2691 struct bp_location *tmp;
2692
2693 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2694 {
2695 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2696 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2697 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2698 else
2699 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2700 if (tmp->next == loc)
2701 {
2702 tmp->next = loc->next;
2703 break;
2704 }
2705 }
2706 }
2707
2708 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2709 removed locations above. */
2710 update_global_location_list (0);
2711}
2712
2713/* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2714 Throws exception on any error.
2715 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2716 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2717void
2718insert_breakpoints (void)
2719{
2720 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2721
2722 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2723 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2724 {
2725 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2726
2727 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2728 }
2729
2730 update_global_location_list (1);
2731
2732 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2733 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2734 now. */
2735 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2736 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2737}
2738
2739/* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2740
2741void
2742iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2743{
2744 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2745
2746 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2747 {
2748 callback (loc, NULL);
2749 }
2750}
2751
2752/* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2753 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2754 always-inserted mode. */
2755
2756static void
2757update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2758{
2759 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2760 int error_flag = 0;
2761 int val = 0;
2762 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2763 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2764 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2765
2766 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2767 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2768
2769 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2770 there was an error. */
2771 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2772
2773 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2774
2775 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2776 {
2777 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2778 breakpoints. */
2779 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2780 continue;
2781
2782 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2783 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2784 deletion of breakpoints. */
2785 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2786 continue;
2787
2788 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2789
2790 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2791 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2792 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2793 insert breakpoints. */
2794 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2795 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2796 continue;
2797
2798 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2799 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2800 if (val)
2801 error_flag = val;
2802 }
2803
2804 if (error_flag)
2805 {
2806 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2807 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2808 }
2809
2810 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2811}
2812
2813/* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2814
2815static void
2816insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2817{
2818 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2819 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2820 int error_flag = 0;
2821 int val = 0;
2822 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2823 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2824 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2825
2826 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2827 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2828
2829 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2830 there was an error. */
2831 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2832
2833 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2834
2835 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2836 {
2837 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2838 continue;
2839
2840 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2841 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2842 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2843 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2844 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2845 continue;
2846
2847 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2848
2849 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2850 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2851 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2852 insert breakpoints. */
2853 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2854 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2855 continue;
2856
2857 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2858 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2859 if (val)
2860 error_flag = val;
2861 }
2862
2863 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2864 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2865 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2866 {
2867 int some_failed = 0;
2868 struct bp_location *loc;
2869
2870 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2871 continue;
2872
2873 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2874 continue;
2875
2876 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2877 continue;
2878
2879 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2880 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2881 {
2882 some_failed = 1;
2883 break;
2884 }
2885 if (some_failed)
2886 {
2887 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2888 if (loc->inserted)
2889 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2890
2891 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2892 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2893 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2894 bpt->number);
2895 error_flag = -1;
2896 }
2897 }
2898
2899 if (error_flag)
2900 {
2901 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2902 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2903 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2904 {
2905 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2906 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2907You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2908 }
2909 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2910 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2911 }
2912
2913 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2914}
2915
2916/* Used when the program stops.
2917 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2918 removing a breakpoint location. */
2919
2920int
2921remove_breakpoints (void)
2922{
2923 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2924 int val = 0;
2925
2926 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2927 {
2928 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2929 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2930 }
2931 return val;
2932}
2933
2934/* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2935
2936int
2937remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2938{
2939 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2940 int val;
2941 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2942
2943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2944 {
2945 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2946 continue;
2947
2948 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2949 continue;
2950
2951 if (bl->inserted)
2952 {
2953 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2954 if (val != 0)
2955 return val;
2956 }
2957 }
2958 return 0;
2959}
2960
2961int
2962reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2963{
2964 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2965 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2966 int val;
2967 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2968 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2969 struct inferior *inf;
2970 struct thread_info *tp;
2971
2972 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2973 if (tp == NULL)
2974 return 1;
2975
2976 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2977 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2978
2979 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2980
2981 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2982 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2983
2984 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2985 {
2986 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2987 continue;
2988
2989 if (bl->inserted)
2990 {
2991 bl->inserted = 0;
2992 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2993 if (val != 0)
2994 {
2995 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2996 return val;
2997 }
2998 }
2999 }
3000 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3001 return 0;
3002}
3003
3004static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3005
3006/* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3007 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3008 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3009 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3010 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3011 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3012static void
3013set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3014{
3015 if (internal)
3016 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3017 else
3018 {
3019 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3020 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3021 }
3022}
3023
3024static struct breakpoint *
3025create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3026 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3027 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3028{
3029 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3030 struct breakpoint *b;
3031
3032 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3033
3034 sal.pc = address;
3035 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3036 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3037
3038 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3039 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3040 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3041
3042 return b;
3043}
3044
3045static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3046 {
3047 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3048 };
3049#define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3050
3051/* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3052struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3053{
3054 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3055 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3056
3057 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3058 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3059
3060 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3061 int longjmp_searched;
3062
3063 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3064 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3065
3066 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3067 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3068
3069 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3070 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3071
3072 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3073 int exception_searched;
3074
3075 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3076 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3077};
3078
3079static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3080
3081/* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3082static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3083
3084/* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3085
3086static int
3087msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3088{
3089 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3090}
3091
3092/* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3093 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3094
3095static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3096get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3097{
3098 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3099
3100 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3101 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3102 {
3103 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3104 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3105
3106 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3107 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3108 }
3109 return bp_objfile_data;
3110}
3111
3112static void
3113free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3114{
3115 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3116
3117 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3118 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3119}
3120
3121static void
3122create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3123{
3124 struct objfile *objfile;
3125 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3126
3127 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3128 {
3129 struct breakpoint *b;
3130 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3131 CORE_ADDR addr;
3132
3133 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3134
3135 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3136 continue;
3137
3138 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3139 {
3140 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3141
3142 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3143 if (m == NULL)
3144 {
3145 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3146 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3147 continue;
3148 }
3149 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3150 }
3151
3152 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3153 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3154 bp_overlay_event,
3155 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3156 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3157
3158 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3159 {
3160 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3161 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3162 }
3163 else
3164 {
3165 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3166 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3167 }
3168 }
3169 update_global_location_list (1);
3170}
3171
3172static void
3173create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3174{
3175 struct program_space *pspace;
3176 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3177
3178 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3179
3180 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3181 {
3182 struct objfile *objfile;
3183
3184 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3185
3186 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3187 {
3188 int i;
3189 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3190 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3191
3192 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3193 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3194 continue;
3195
3196 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3197
3198 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3199 {
3200 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3201 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3202 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3203 }
3204
3205 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3206 {
3207 int i;
3208 struct probe *probe;
3209 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3210
3211 for (i = 0;
3212 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3213 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3214 i, probe);
3215 ++i)
3216 {
3217 struct breakpoint *b;
3218
3219 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3220 bp_longjmp_master,
3221 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3222 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3223 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3224 }
3225
3226 continue;
3227 }
3228
3229 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3230 {
3231 struct breakpoint *b;
3232 const char *func_name;
3233 CORE_ADDR addr;
3234
3235 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3236 continue;
3237
3238 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3239 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3240 {
3241 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3242
3243 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3244 if (m == NULL)
3245 {
3246 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3247 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3248 continue;
3249 }
3250 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3251 }
3252
3253 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3254 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3255 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3256 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3257 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3258 }
3259 }
3260 }
3261 update_global_location_list (1);
3262
3263 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3264}
3265
3266/* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3267static void
3268create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3269{
3270 struct program_space *pspace;
3271 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3272 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3273
3274 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3275
3276 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3277 {
3278 struct objfile *objfile;
3279 CORE_ADDR addr;
3280
3281 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3282
3283 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3284 {
3285 struct breakpoint *b;
3286 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3287
3288 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3289
3290 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3291 continue;
3292
3293 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3294 {
3295 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3296
3297 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3298 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3299 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3300 {
3301 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3302 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3303 continue;
3304 }
3305 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3306 }
3307
3308 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3309 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3310 bp_std_terminate_master,
3311 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3312 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3313 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3314 }
3315 }
3316
3317 update_global_location_list (1);
3318
3319 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3320}
3321
3322/* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3323
3324static void
3325create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3326{
3327 struct objfile *objfile;
3328 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3329
3330 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3331 {
3332 struct breakpoint *b;
3333 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3334 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3335 CORE_ADDR addr;
3336
3337 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3338
3339 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3340 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3341 {
3342 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3343 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3344 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3345 }
3346
3347 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3348 {
3349 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3350 int i;
3351 struct probe *probe;
3352
3353 for (i = 0;
3354 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3355 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3356 i, probe);
3357 ++i)
3358 {
3359 struct breakpoint *b;
3360
3361 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3362 bp_exception_master,
3363 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3364 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3365 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3366 }
3367
3368 continue;
3369 }
3370
3371 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3372
3373 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3374 continue;
3375
3376 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3377
3378 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3379 {
3380 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3381
3382 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3383 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3384 {
3385 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3386 continue;
3387 }
3388
3389 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3390 }
3391
3392 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3393 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3394 &current_target);
3395 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3396 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3397 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3398 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3399 }
3400
3401 update_global_location_list (1);
3402}
3403
3404void
3405update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3406{
3407 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3408 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3409
3410 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3411 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3412 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3413 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3414 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3415 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3416 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3417 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3418 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3419 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3420 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3421
3422 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3423 {
3424 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3425 continue;
3426
3427 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3428 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3429 {
3430 delete_breakpoint (b);
3431 continue;
3432 }
3433
3434 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3435 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3436 {
3437 delete_breakpoint (b);
3438 continue;
3439 }
3440
3441 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3442 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3443 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3444 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3445 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3446 {
3447 delete_breakpoint (b);
3448 continue;
3449 }
3450
3451 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3452 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3453 {
3454 delete_breakpoint (b);
3455 continue;
3456 }
3457
3458 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3459 after an exec. */
3460 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3461 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3462 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3463 {
3464 delete_breakpoint (b);
3465 continue;
3466 }
3467
3468 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3469 {
3470 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3471 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3472 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3473 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3474 continue;
3475 }
3476
3477 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3478 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3479 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3480 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3481 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3482 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3483
3484 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3485 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3486 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3487 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3488 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3489 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3490 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3491
3492 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3493 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3494 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3495 let finish_command delete it.
3496
3497 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3498 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3499 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3500 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3501 solib breakpoints.) */
3502
3503 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3504 {
3505 continue;
3506 }
3507
3508 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3509 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3510 a.out. */
3511 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3512 {
3513 delete_breakpoint (b);
3514 continue;
3515 }
3516 }
3517 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3518 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3519 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3520 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3521 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3522}
3523
3524int
3525detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3526{
3527 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3528 int val = 0;
3529 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3530 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3531
3532 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3533 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3534
3535 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3536 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3537 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3538 {
3539 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3540 continue;
3541
3542 if (bl->inserted)
3543 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3544 }
3545
3546 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3547 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3548
3549 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3550 return val;
3551}
3552
3553/* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3554 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3555 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3556 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3557 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3558
3559static int
3560remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3561{
3562 int val;
3563
3564 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3565 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3566
3567 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3568 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3569 return 0;
3570
3571 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3572 This should not ever happen. */
3573 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3574
3575 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3576 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3577 {
3578 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3579 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3580 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3581
3582 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3583 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3584 || bl->section == NULL
3585 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3586 {
3587 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3588 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3589 }
3590 else
3591 {
3592 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3593 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3594 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3595 {
3596 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3597 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3598 */
3599 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3600 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3601 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3602 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3603 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3604 else
3605 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3606 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3607 }
3608 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3609 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3610 if (bl->inserted)
3611 {
3612 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3613 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3614 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3615 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3616
3617 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3618 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3619 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3620 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3621 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3622 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3623 else
3624 val = 0;
3625 }
3626 else
3627 {
3628 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3629 val = 0;
3630 }
3631 }
3632
3633 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3634 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3635 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3636 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3637 val = 0;
3638
3639 if (val)
3640 return val;
3641 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3642 }
3643 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3644 {
3645 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3646 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3647
3648 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3649 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3650
3651 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3652 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3653 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3654 bl->owner->number);
3655 }
3656 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3657 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3658 && !bl->duplicate)
3659 {
3660 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3661 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3662
3663 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3664 if (val)
3665 return val;
3666
3667 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3668 }
3669
3670 return 0;
3671}
3672
3673static int
3674remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3675{
3676 int ret;
3677 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3678
3679 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3680 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3681
3682 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3683 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3684 return 0;
3685
3686 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3687 This should not ever happen. */
3688 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3689
3690 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3691
3692 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3693
3694 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3695
3696 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3697 return ret;
3698}
3699
3700/* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3701
3702void
3703mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3704{
3705 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3706
3707 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3708 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3709 bl->inserted = 0;
3710}
3711
3712/* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3713 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3714
3715 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3716 between runs.
3717
3718 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3719 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3720 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3721
3722
3723
3724void
3725breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3726{
3727 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3728 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3729 int ix;
3730 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3731
3732 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3733 nothing to do. */
3734 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3735 return;
3736
3737 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3738 {
3739 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3740 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3741 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3742 bl->inserted = 0;
3743 }
3744
3745 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3746 {
3747 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3748 continue;
3749
3750 switch (b->type)
3751 {
3752 case bp_call_dummy:
3753 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3754
3755 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3756 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3757 rid of it. */
3758
3759 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3760
3761 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3762
3763 case bp_shlib_event:
3764
3765 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3766 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3767 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3768 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3769 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3770
3771 (gdb) file prog-linux
3772 (gdb) run # native linux target
3773 ...
3774 (gdb) kill
3775 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3776 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3777 */
3778
3779 case bp_step_resume:
3780
3781 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3782
3783 delete_breakpoint (b);
3784 break;
3785
3786 case bp_watchpoint:
3787 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3788 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3789 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3790 {
3791 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3792
3793 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3794 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3795 delete_breakpoint (b);
3796 else if (context == inf_starting)
3797 {
3798 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3799 insert_breakpoints. */
3800 if (w->val)
3801 value_free (w->val);
3802 w->val = NULL;
3803 w->val_valid = 0;
3804 }
3805 }
3806 break;
3807 default:
3808 break;
3809 }
3810 }
3811
3812 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3813 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3814 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3815 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3816}
3817
3818/* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3819 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3820 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3821 match, not program space. */
3822
3823/* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3824 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3825 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3826 permanent breakpoint.
3827 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3828 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3829 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3830 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3831 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3832
3833enum breakpoint_here
3834breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3835{
3836 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3837 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3838
3839 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3840 {
3841 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3842 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3843 continue;
3844
3845 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3846 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3847 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3848 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3849 {
3850 if (overlay_debugging
3851 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3852 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3853 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3854 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3855 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3856 else
3857 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3858 }
3859 }
3860
3861 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3862}
3863
3864/* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3865
3866int
3867moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3868{
3869 struct bp_location *loc;
3870 int ix;
3871
3872 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3873 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3874 return 1;
3875
3876 return 0;
3877}
3878
3879/* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3880 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3881 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3882 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3883
3884int
3885regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3886 CORE_ADDR pc)
3887{
3888 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3889
3890 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3891 {
3892 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3893 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3894 continue;
3895
3896 if (bl->inserted
3897 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3898 {
3899 if (overlay_debugging
3900 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3901 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3902 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3903 else
3904 return 1;
3905 }
3906 }
3907 return 0;
3908}
3909
3910/* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3911 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3912
3913int
3914breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3915{
3916 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3917 return 1;
3918
3919 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3920 return 1;
3921
3922 return 0;
3923}
3924
3925/* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3926 inserted at PC. */
3927
3928int
3929software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3930 CORE_ADDR pc)
3931{
3932 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3933
3934 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3935 {
3936 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3937 continue;
3938
3939 if (bl->inserted
3940 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3941 aspace, pc))
3942 {
3943 if (overlay_debugging
3944 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3945 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3946 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3947 else
3948 return 1;
3949 }
3950 }
3951
3952 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3953 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3954 return 1;
3955
3956 return 0;
3957}
3958
3959int
3960hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3961 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3962{
3963 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3964
3965 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3966 {
3967 struct bp_location *loc;
3968
3969 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3970 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3971 continue;
3972
3973 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3974 continue;
3975
3976 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3977 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3978 {
3979 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3980
3981 /* Check for intersection. */
3982 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3983 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3984 if (l < h)
3985 return 1;
3986 }
3987 }
3988 return 0;
3989}
3990
3991/* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3992 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3993
3994int
3995breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3996 ptid_t ptid)
3997{
3998 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3999 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4000 int thread = -1;
4001 int task = 0;
4002
4003 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4004 {
4005 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4006 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4007 continue;
4008
4009 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4010 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4011 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4012 continue;
4013
4014 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4015 continue;
4016
4017 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4018 {
4019 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4020 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4021 it is now time to do so. */
4022 if (thread == -1)
4023 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4024 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4025 continue;
4026 }
4027
4028 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4029 {
4030 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4031 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4032 it is now time to do so. */
4033 if (task == 0)
4034 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4035 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4036 continue;
4037 }
4038
4039 if (overlay_debugging
4040 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4041 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4042 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4043
4044 return 1;
4045 }
4046
4047 return 0;
4048}
4049\f
4050
4051/* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4052 in breakpoint.h. */
4053
4054int
4055is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4056{
4057 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4058}
4059
4060/* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4061 'next' chain. */
4062
4063static void
4064bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4065{
4066 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4067 value_free (bs->old_val);
4068 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4069 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4070 xfree (bs);
4071}
4072
4073/* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4074 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4075
4076void
4077bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4078{
4079 bpstat p;
4080 bpstat q;
4081
4082 if (bsp == 0)
4083 return;
4084 p = *bsp;
4085 while (p != NULL)
4086 {
4087 q = p->next;
4088 bpstat_free (p);
4089 p = q;
4090 }
4091 *bsp = NULL;
4092}
4093
4094/* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4095 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4096
4097bpstat
4098bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4099{
4100 bpstat p = NULL;
4101 bpstat tmp;
4102 bpstat retval = NULL;
4103
4104 if (bs == NULL)
4105 return bs;
4106
4107 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4108 {
4109 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4110 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4111 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4112 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4113 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4114 {
4115 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4116 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4117 }
4118
4119 if (p == NULL)
4120 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4121 retval = tmp;
4122 else
4123 p->next = tmp;
4124 p = tmp;
4125 }
4126 p->next = NULL;
4127 return retval;
4128}
4129
4130/* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4131
4132bpstat
4133bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4134{
4135 if (bsp == NULL)
4136 return NULL;
4137
4138 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4139 {
4140 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4141 return bsp;
4142 }
4143 return NULL;
4144}
4145
4146/* See breakpoint.h. */
4147
4148enum bpstat_signal_value
4149bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp)
4150{
4151 enum bpstat_signal_value result = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4152
4153 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4154 {
4155 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4156 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4157 enum bpstat_signal_value newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
4158
4159 if (bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL)
4160 newval = bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at);
4161
4162 if (newval > result)
4163 result = newval;
4164 }
4165
4166 return result;
4167}
4168
4169/* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4170 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4171 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4172 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4173
4174 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4175 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4176 we set it.
4177 Return 1 otherwise. */
4178
4179int
4180bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4181{
4182 struct breakpoint *b;
4183
4184 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4185 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4186
4187 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4188 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4189 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4190 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4191 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4192 if (b == NULL)
4193 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4194
4195 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4196 return 1;
4197}
4198
4199/* See breakpoint.h. */
4200
4201void
4202bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4203{
4204 struct thread_info *tp;
4205 bpstat bs;
4206
4207 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4208 return;
4209
4210 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4211 if (tp == NULL)
4212 return;
4213
4214 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4215 {
4216 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4217
4218 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4219 {
4220 value_free (bs->old_val);
4221 bs->old_val = NULL;
4222 }
4223 }
4224}
4225
4226/* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4227
4228static void
4229breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4230{
4231 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4232 {
4233 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4234
4235 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4236 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4237 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4238 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4239 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4240 return;
4241 }
4242
4243 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4244}
4245
4246/* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4247 command. */
4248static void
4249cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4250{
4251 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4252}
4253
4254/* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4255 or its equivalent. */
4256
4257static int
4258command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4259{
4260 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4261 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4262}
4263
4264/* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4265 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4266 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4267 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4268
4269 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4270 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4271 bpstat of the current thread. */
4272
4273static int
4274bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4275{
4276 bpstat bs;
4277 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4278 int again = 0;
4279
4280 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4281 in bs->commands. */
4282 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4283 return 0;
4284
4285 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4286 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4287
4288 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4289
4290 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4291 bs = *bsp;
4292
4293 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4294 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4295 {
4296 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4297 struct command_line *cmd;
4298 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4299
4300 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4301
4302 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4303 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4304 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4305 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4306 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4307 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4308 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4309 the tree when we're done. */
4310 ccmd = bs->commands;
4311 bs->commands = NULL;
4312 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4313 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4314 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4315 {
4316 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4317 cmd = cmd->next;
4318 }
4319
4320 while (cmd != NULL)
4321 {
4322 execute_control_command (cmd);
4323
4324 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4325 break;
4326 else
4327 cmd = cmd->next;
4328 }
4329
4330 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4331 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4332
4333 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4334 {
4335 if (target_can_async_p ())
4336 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4337 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4338 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4339 ;
4340 else
4341 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4342 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4343 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4344 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4345 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4346 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4347 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4348 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4349 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4350 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4351 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4352 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4353 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4354 again = 1;
4355 break;
4356 }
4357 }
4358 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4359 return again;
4360}
4361
4362void
4363bpstat_do_actions (void)
4364{
4365 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4366
4367 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4368 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4369 && target_has_execution
4370 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4371 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4372 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4373 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4374 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4375 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4376 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4377 break;
4378
4379 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4380}
4381
4382/* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4383
4384static void
4385watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4386{
4387 if (val == NULL)
4388 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4389 else
4390 {
4391 struct value_print_options opts;
4392 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4393 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4394 }
4395}
4396
4397/* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4398 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4399 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4400 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4401 normal_stop(). */
4402
4403static enum print_stop_action
4404print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4405{
4406 switch (bs->print_it)
4407 {
4408 case print_it_noop:
4409 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4410 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4411 break;
4412
4413 case print_it_done:
4414 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4415 relevant messages. */
4416 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4417 break;
4418
4419 case print_it_normal:
4420 {
4421 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4422
4423 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4424 which has since been deleted. */
4425 if (b == NULL)
4426 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4427
4428 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4429 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4430 }
4431 break;
4432
4433 default:
4434 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4435 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4436 break;
4437 }
4438}
4439
4440/* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4441
4442static void
4443print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4444{
4445 int any_deleted
4446 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4447 int any_added
4448 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4449
4450 if (!is_catchpoint)
4451 {
4452 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4453 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4454 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4455 else
4456 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4457 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4458 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4459 }
4460
4461 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4462 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4463 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4464
4465 if (any_deleted)
4466 {
4467 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4468 char *name;
4469 int ix;
4470
4471 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4472 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4473 "removed");
4474 for (ix = 0;
4475 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4476 ix, name);
4477 ++ix)
4478 {
4479 if (ix > 0)
4480 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4481 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4482 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4483 }
4484
4485 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4486 }
4487
4488 if (any_added)
4489 {
4490 struct so_list *iter;
4491 int ix;
4492 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4493
4494 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4495 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4496 "added");
4497 for (ix = 0;
4498 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4499 ix, iter);
4500 ++ix)
4501 {
4502 if (ix > 0)
4503 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4504 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4505 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4506 }
4507
4508 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4509 }
4510}
4511
4512/* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4513 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4514 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4515 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4516 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4517 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4518 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4519 routine is one of:
4520
4521 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4522 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4523 code to print the location. An example is
4524 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4525 the location.
4526 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4527 to also print the location part of the message.
4528 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4529 don't require a location appended to the end.
4530 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4531 further info to be printed. */
4532
4533enum print_stop_action
4534bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4535{
4536 int val;
4537
4538 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4539 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4540 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4541 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4542 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4543 {
4544 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4545 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4546 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4547 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4548 return val;
4549 }
4550
4551 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4552 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4553 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4554 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4555 {
4556 print_solib_event (0);
4557 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4558 }
4559
4560 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4561 with and nothing was printed. */
4562 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4563}
4564
4565/* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4566 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4567 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4568 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4569
4570static int
4571breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4572{
4573 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4574 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4575
4576 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4577 return i;
4578}
4579
4580/* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4581
4582static bpstat
4583bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4584{
4585 bpstat bs;
4586
4587 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4588 bs->next = NULL;
4589 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4590 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4591 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4592 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4593 incref_bp_location (bl);
4594 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4595 bs->commands = NULL;
4596 bs->old_val = NULL;
4597 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4598 return bs;
4599}
4600\f
4601/* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4602 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4603
4604int
4605watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4606{
4607 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4608 CORE_ADDR addr;
4609 struct breakpoint *b;
4610
4611 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4612 {
4613 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4614 as not triggered. */
4615 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4616 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4617 {
4618 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4619
4620 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4621 }
4622
4623 return 0;
4624 }
4625
4626 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4627 {
4628 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4629 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4630 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4631 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4632 {
4633 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4634
4635 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4636 }
4637
4638 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4639 }
4640
4641 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4642 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4643 triggered. */
4644
4645 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4646 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4647 {
4648 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4649 struct bp_location *loc;
4650
4651 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4652 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4653 {
4654 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4655 {
4656 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4657 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4658
4659 if (newaddr == start)
4660 {
4661 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4662 break;
4663 }
4664 }
4665 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4666 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4667 addr, loc->address,
4668 loc->length))
4669 {
4670 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4671 break;
4672 }
4673 }
4674 }
4675
4676 return 1;
4677}
4678
4679/* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4680 because of check_errors). */
4681/* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4682#define WP_DELETED 1
4683/* The value has changed. */
4684#define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4685/* The value has not changed. */
4686#define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4687/* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4688#define WP_IGNORE 4
4689
4690#define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4691#define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4692
4693/* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4694 changed.
4695
4696 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4697 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4698
4699static int
4700watchpoint_check (void *p)
4701{
4702 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4703 struct watchpoint *b;
4704 struct frame_info *fr;
4705 int within_current_scope;
4706
4707 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4708 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4709 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4710
4711 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4712 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4713 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4714 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4715 return WP_IGNORE;
4716
4717 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4718 within_current_scope = 1;
4719 else
4720 {
4721 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4722 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4723 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4724
4725 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4726 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4727 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4728 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4729 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4730 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4731 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4732 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4733 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4734 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4735 return WP_IGNORE;
4736
4737 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4738 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4739
4740 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4741 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4742 if (within_current_scope)
4743 {
4744 struct symbol *function;
4745
4746 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4747 if (function == NULL
4748 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4749 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4750 within_current_scope = 0;
4751 }
4752
4753 if (within_current_scope)
4754 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4755 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4756 the user. */
4757 select_frame (fr);
4758 }
4759
4760 if (within_current_scope)
4761 {
4762 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4763 time before we return to the command level and call
4764 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4765 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4766
4767 int pc = 0;
4768 struct value *mark;
4769 struct value *new_val;
4770
4771 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4772 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4773 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4774 a mask watchpoint. */
4775 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4776
4777 mark = value_mark ();
4778 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4779
4780 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4781 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4782 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4783 not what we want. */
4784 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4785 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4786 {
4787 if (new_val != NULL)
4788 {
4789 release_value (new_val);
4790 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4791 }
4792 bs->old_val = b->val;
4793 b->val = new_val;
4794 b->val_valid = 1;
4795 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4796 }
4797 else
4798 {
4799 /* Nothing changed. */
4800 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4801 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4802 }
4803 }
4804 else
4805 {
4806 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4807
4808 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4809 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4810 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4811 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4812 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4813 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4814 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4815 the first value assigned). */
4816 /* We print all the stop information in
4817 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4818 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4819 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4820 here. */
4821 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4822 ui_out_field_string
4823 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4824 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4825 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4826 ui_out_text (uiout,
4827 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4828which its expression is valid.\n");
4829
4830 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4831 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4832 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4833
4834 return WP_DELETED;
4835 }
4836}
4837
4838/* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4839 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4840 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4841
4842static int
4843bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4844 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4845 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4846{
4847 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4848
4849 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4850 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4851
4852 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4853}
4854
4855/* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4856 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4857
4858static void
4859bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4860{
4861 const struct bp_location *bl;
4862 struct watchpoint *b;
4863
4864 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4865 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4866 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4867 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4868 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4869
4870 {
4871 int must_check_value = 0;
4872
4873 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4874 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4875 watched value. */
4876 must_check_value = 1;
4877 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4878 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4879 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4880 this watchpoint. */
4881 must_check_value = 1;
4882 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4883 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4884 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4885 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4886 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4887 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4888 must_check_value = 1;
4889
4890 if (must_check_value)
4891 {
4892 char *message
4893 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4894 b->base.number);
4895 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4896 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4897 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4898 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4899 switch (e)
4900 {
4901 case WP_DELETED:
4902 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4903 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4904 /* Stop. */
4905 break;
4906 case WP_IGNORE:
4907 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4908 bs->stop = 0;
4909 break;
4910 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4911 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4912 {
4913 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4914
4915 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4916 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4917 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4918 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4919 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4920 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4921 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4922 old value.
4923
4924 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4925 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4926 happen:
4927
4928 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4929 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4930 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4931 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4932
4933 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4934 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4935 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4936 watchpoint.
4937
4938 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4939 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4940 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4941 changes. This still gives false positives when
4942 the program writes the same value to memory as
4943 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4944 it for a read), but it's much better than
4945 nothing. */
4946
4947 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4948
4949 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4950 {
4951 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4952
4953 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4954 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4955 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4956 {
4957 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4958 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4959
4960 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4961 == watch_triggered_yes)
4962 {
4963 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4964 break;
4965 }
4966 }
4967 }
4968
4969 if (other_write_watchpoint
4970 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4971 {
4972 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4973 and the value changed since the last time we
4974 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4975 Ignore it. */
4976 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4977 bs->stop = 0;
4978 }
4979 }
4980 break;
4981 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4982 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4983 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4984 {
4985 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4986 the value hasn't changed. */
4987 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4988 bs->stop = 0;
4989 }
4990 /* Stop. */
4991 break;
4992 default:
4993 /* Can't happen. */
4994 case 0:
4995 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4996 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4997 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4998 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4999 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5000 break;
5001 }
5002 }
5003 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5004 {
5005 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5006 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5007 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5008 anything for this watchpoint. */
5009 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5010 bs->stop = 0;
5011 }
5012 }
5013}
5014
5015
5016/* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5017 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5018 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5019
5020static void
5021bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5022{
5023 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5024 const struct bp_location *bl;
5025 struct breakpoint *b;
5026
5027 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5028 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5029 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5030 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5031 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5032
5033 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5034 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5035 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5036
5037 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5038 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5039 bs->stop = 0;
5040 else if (bs->stop)
5041 {
5042 int value_is_zero = 0;
5043 struct expression *cond;
5044
5045 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5046 method implemented. */
5047 if (b->py_bp_object)
5048 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5049
5050 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5051 {
5052 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5053
5054 cond = w->cond_exp;
5055 }
5056 else
5057 cond = bl->cond;
5058
5059 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5060 {
5061 int within_current_scope = 1;
5062 struct watchpoint * w;
5063
5064 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5065 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5066 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5067 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5068 function call. */
5069 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5070
5071 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5072 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5073 else
5074 w = NULL;
5075
5076 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5077 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5078 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5079 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5080 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5081 call site. */
5082 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5083 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5084 else
5085 {
5086 struct frame_info *frame;
5087
5088 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5089 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5090 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5091 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5092 really matter which instantiation of the function
5093 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5094 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5095 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5096 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5097 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5098 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5099 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5100 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5101 intuitive. */
5102 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5103 if (frame != NULL)
5104 select_frame (frame);
5105 else
5106 within_current_scope = 0;
5107 }
5108 if (within_current_scope)
5109 value_is_zero
5110 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5111 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5112 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5113 else
5114 {
5115 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5116 "in the current scope"));
5117 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5118 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5119 value_is_zero = 0;
5120 }
5121 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5122 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5123 }
5124
5125 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5126 {
5127 bs->stop = 0;
5128 }
5129 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5130 {
5131 bs->stop = 0;
5132 }
5133 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5134 {
5135 b->ignore_count--;
5136 bs->stop = 0;
5137 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5138 ++(b->hit_count);
5139 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5140 }
5141 }
5142}
5143
5144
5145/* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5146 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5147
5148 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5149 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5150 that:
5151
5152 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5153
5154 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5155
5156 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5157 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5158 several reasons concurrently.)
5159
5160 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5161 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5162
5163bpstat
5164bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5165 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5166 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5167{
5168 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5169 struct bp_location *bl;
5170 struct bp_location *loc;
5171 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5172 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5173 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5174 bpstat bs;
5175 int ix;
5176 int need_remove_insert;
5177 int removed_any;
5178
5179 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5180 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5181 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5182 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5183 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5184 inferior function calls. */
5185
5186 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5187 {
5188 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5189 continue;
5190
5191 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5192 {
5193 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5194 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5195 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5196 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5197 checked all locations already. */
5198 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5199 break;
5200
5201 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5202 continue;
5203
5204 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5205 continue;
5206
5207 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5208 matches. */
5209
5210 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5211 explain stop. */
5212
5213 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5214 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5215 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5216 bs->stop = 1;
5217 bs->print = 1;
5218
5219 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5220 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5221 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5222 iteration. */
5223 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5224 {
5225 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5226
5227 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5228 }
5229 }
5230 }
5231
5232 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5233 {
5234 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5235 {
5236 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5237 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5238 bs->stop = 0;
5239 bs->print = 0;
5240 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5241 }
5242 }
5243
5244 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5245 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5246 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5247 "catch unload". */
5248 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5249 {
5250 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5251 {
5252 handle_solib_event ();
5253 break;
5254 }
5255 }
5256
5257 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5258 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5259 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5260
5261 removed_any = 0;
5262
5263 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5264 {
5265 if (!bs->stop)
5266 continue;
5267
5268 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5269 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5270 if (bs->stop)
5271 {
5272 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5273
5274 if (bs->stop)
5275 {
5276 ++(b->hit_count);
5277 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5278
5279 /* We will stop here. */
5280 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5281 {
5282 --(b->enable_count);
5283 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5284 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5285 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5286 removed_any = 1;
5287 }
5288 if (b->silent)
5289 bs->print = 0;
5290 bs->commands = b->commands;
5291 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5292 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5293 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5294 bs->print = 0;
5295 }
5296
5297 }
5298
5299 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5300 print. */
5301 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5302 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5303 }
5304
5305 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5306 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5307 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5308 done later. */
5309 need_remove_insert = 0;
5310 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5311 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5312 if (!bs->stop
5313 && bs->breakpoint_at
5314 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5315 {
5316 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5317
5318 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5319 need_remove_insert = 1;
5320 }
5321
5322 if (need_remove_insert)
5323 update_global_location_list (1);
5324 else if (removed_any)
5325 update_global_location_list (0);
5326
5327 return bs_head;
5328}
5329
5330static void
5331handle_jit_event (void)
5332{
5333 struct frame_info *frame;
5334 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5335
5336 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5337 breakpoint_re_set. */
5338 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5339
5340 frame = get_current_frame ();
5341 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5342
5343 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5344
5345 target_terminal_inferior ();
5346}
5347
5348/* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5349
5350void
5351handle_solib_event (void)
5352{
5353 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5354
5355 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5356 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5357 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5358 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5359#ifdef SOLIB_ADD
5360 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5361#else
5362 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5363#endif
5364 target_terminal_inferior ();
5365}
5366
5367/* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5368
5369/* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5370
5371struct bpstat_what
5372bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5373{
5374 struct bpstat_what retval;
5375 int jit_event = 0;
5376 bpstat bs;
5377
5378 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5379 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5380 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5381
5382 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5383 {
5384 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5385 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5386 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5387 enum bptype bptype;
5388
5389 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5390 {
5391 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5392 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5393 bptype = bp_none;
5394 }
5395 else
5396 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5397
5398 switch (bptype)
5399 {
5400 case bp_none:
5401 break;
5402 case bp_breakpoint:
5403 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5404 case bp_until:
5405 case bp_finish:
5406 case bp_shlib_event:
5407 if (bs->stop)
5408 {
5409 if (bs->print)
5410 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5411 else
5412 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5413 }
5414 else
5415 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5416 break;
5417 case bp_watchpoint:
5418 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5419 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5420 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5421 if (bs->stop)
5422 {
5423 if (bs->print)
5424 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5425 else
5426 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5427 }
5428 else
5429 {
5430 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5431 This requires no further action. */
5432 }
5433 break;
5434 case bp_longjmp:
5435 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5436 case bp_exception:
5437 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5438 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5439 break;
5440 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5441 case bp_exception_resume:
5442 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5443 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5444 break;
5445 case bp_step_resume:
5446 if (bs->stop)
5447 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5448 else
5449 {
5450 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5451 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5452 }
5453 break;
5454 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5455 if (bs->stop)
5456 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5457 else
5458 {
5459 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5460 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5461 }
5462 break;
5463 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5464 case bp_thread_event:
5465 case bp_overlay_event:
5466 case bp_longjmp_master:
5467 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5468 case bp_exception_master:
5469 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5470 break;
5471 case bp_catchpoint:
5472 if (bs->stop)
5473 {
5474 if (bs->print)
5475 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5476 else
5477 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5478 }
5479 else
5480 {
5481 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5482 This requires no further action. */
5483 }
5484 break;
5485 case bp_jit_event:
5486 jit_event = 1;
5487 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5488 break;
5489 case bp_call_dummy:
5490 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5491 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5492 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5493 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5494 break;
5495 case bp_std_terminate:
5496 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5497 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5498 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5499 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5500 break;
5501 case bp_tracepoint:
5502 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5503 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5504 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5505 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5506 out already. */
5507 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5508 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5509 break;
5510 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5511 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5512 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5513 break;
5514 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5515 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5516 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5517 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5518 break;
5519
5520 case bp_dprintf:
5521 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5522 break;
5523
5524 default:
5525 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5526 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5527 }
5528
5529 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5530 }
5531
5532 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5533 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5534
5535 if (jit_event)
5536 {
5537 if (debug_infrun)
5538 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5539
5540 handle_jit_event ();
5541 }
5542
5543 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5544 {
5545 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5546
5547 if (b == NULL)
5548 continue;
5549 switch (b->type)
5550 {
5551 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5552 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5553 break;
5554 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5555 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5556 break;
5557 }
5558 }
5559
5560 return retval;
5561}
5562
5563/* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5564 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5565 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5566
5567int
5568bpstat_should_step (void)
5569{
5570 struct breakpoint *b;
5571
5572 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5573 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5574 return 1;
5575 return 0;
5576}
5577
5578int
5579bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5580{
5581 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5582 if (bs->stop)
5583 return 1;
5584
5585 return 0;
5586}
5587
5588\f
5589
5590/* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5591 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5592 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5593
5594static char *
5595wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5596{
5597 static char wrap_indent[80];
5598 int i, total_width, width, align;
5599 char *text;
5600
5601 total_width = 0;
5602 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5603 {
5604 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5605 {
5606 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5607 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5608 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5609
5610 return wrap_indent;
5611 }
5612
5613 total_width += width + 1;
5614 }
5615
5616 return NULL;
5617}
5618
5619/* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5620 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5621
5622 "host": Host evals condition.
5623 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5624 "target": Target evals condition.
5625*/
5626
5627static const char *
5628bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5629{
5630 struct bp_location *bl;
5631 char host_evals = 0;
5632 char target_evals = 0;
5633
5634 if (!b)
5635 return NULL;
5636
5637 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5638 return NULL;
5639
5640 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5641 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5642 return condition_evaluation_host;
5643
5644 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5645 {
5646 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5647 target_evals++;
5648 else
5649 host_evals++;
5650 }
5651
5652 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5653 return condition_evaluation_both;
5654 else if (target_evals)
5655 return condition_evaluation_target;
5656 else
5657 return condition_evaluation_host;
5658}
5659
5660/* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5661 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5662
5663static const char *
5664bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5665{
5666 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5667 return NULL;
5668
5669 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5670 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5671 return condition_evaluation_host;
5672
5673 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5674 return condition_evaluation_target;
5675 else
5676 return condition_evaluation_host;
5677}
5678
5679/* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5680
5681static void
5682print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5683 struct bp_location *loc)
5684{
5685 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5686 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5687
5688 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5689 loc = NULL;
5690
5691 if (loc != NULL)
5692 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5693
5694 if (b->display_canonical)
5695 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5696 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5697 {
5698 struct symbol *sym
5699 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5700 if (sym)
5701 {
5702 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5703 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5704 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5705 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5706 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5707 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5708 }
5709 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5710 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5711 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5712
5713 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5714 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5715 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5716
5717 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5718 }
5719 else if (loc)
5720 {
5721 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5722 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5723
5724 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5725 demangle, "");
5726 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5727
5728 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5729 }
5730 else
5731 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5732
5733 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5734 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5735 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5736 {
5737 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5738 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5739 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5740 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5741 }
5742
5743 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5744}
5745
5746static const char *
5747bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5748{
5749 struct ep_type_description
5750 {
5751 enum bptype type;
5752 char *description;
5753 };
5754 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5755 {
5756 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5757 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5758 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5759 {bp_until, "until"},
5760 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5761 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5762 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5763 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5764 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5765 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5766 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5767 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5768 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5769 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5770 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5771 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5772 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5773 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5774 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5775 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5776 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5777 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5778 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5779 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5780 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5781 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5782 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5783 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5784 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5785 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5786 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5787 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5788 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5789 };
5790
5791 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5792 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5793 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5794 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5795 (int) type);
5796
5797 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5798}
5799
5800DEF_VEC_I(int);
5801
5802/* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5803 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5804
5805static void
5806output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5807 const char *field_name,
5808 VEC(int) *inf_num,
5809 int mi_only)
5810{
5811 struct cleanup *back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout,
5812 field_name);
5813 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5814 int inf;
5815 int i;
5816
5817 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5818 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5819 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5820 return;
5821
5822 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5823 {
5824 if (is_mi)
5825 {
5826 char mi_group[10];
5827
5828 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5829 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5830 }
5831 else
5832 {
5833 if (i == 0)
5834 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5835 else
5836 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5837
5838 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5839 }
5840 }
5841
5842 do_cleanups (back_to);
5843}
5844
5845/* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5846
5847static void
5848print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5849 struct bp_location *loc,
5850 int loc_number,
5851 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5852 int allflag)
5853{
5854 struct command_line *l;
5855 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5856
5857 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5858 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5859 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5860 struct value_print_options opts;
5861
5862 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5863
5864 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5865 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5866 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5867 if (loc == NULL
5868 && (b->loc != NULL
5869 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5870 header_of_multiple = 1;
5871 if (loc == NULL)
5872 loc = b->loc;
5873
5874 annotate_record ();
5875
5876 /* 1 */
5877 annotate_field (0);
5878 if (part_of_multiple)
5879 {
5880 char *formatted;
5881 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5882 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5883 xfree (formatted);
5884 }
5885 else
5886 {
5887 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5888 }
5889
5890 /* 2 */
5891 annotate_field (1);
5892 if (part_of_multiple)
5893 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5894 else
5895 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5896
5897 /* 3 */
5898 annotate_field (2);
5899 if (part_of_multiple)
5900 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5901 else
5902 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5903
5904
5905 /* 4 */
5906 annotate_field (3);
5907 if (part_of_multiple)
5908 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5909 else
5910 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5911 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5912 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5913
5914
5915 /* 5 and 6 */
5916 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5917 {
5918 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5919 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5920 make sure there's just one location. */
5921 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5922 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5923 }
5924 else
5925 switch (b->type)
5926 {
5927 case bp_none:
5928 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5929 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5930 break;
5931
5932 case bp_watchpoint:
5933 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5934 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5935 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5936 {
5937 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5938
5939 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5940 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5941 is relatively readable). */
5942 if (opts.addressprint)
5943 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5944 annotate_field (5);
5945 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5946 }
5947 break;
5948
5949 case bp_breakpoint:
5950 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5951 case bp_until:
5952 case bp_finish:
5953 case bp_longjmp:
5954 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5955 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5956 case bp_exception:
5957 case bp_exception_resume:
5958 case bp_step_resume:
5959 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5960 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5961 case bp_call_dummy:
5962 case bp_std_terminate:
5963 case bp_shlib_event:
5964 case bp_thread_event:
5965 case bp_overlay_event:
5966 case bp_longjmp_master:
5967 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5968 case bp_exception_master:
5969 case bp_tracepoint:
5970 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5971 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5972 case bp_dprintf:
5973 case bp_jit_event:
5974 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5975 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5976 if (opts.addressprint)
5977 {
5978 annotate_field (4);
5979 if (header_of_multiple)
5980 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5981 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5982 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5983 else
5984 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5985 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5986 }
5987 annotate_field (5);
5988 if (!header_of_multiple)
5989 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5990 if (b->loc)
5991 *last_loc = b->loc;
5992 break;
5993 }
5994
5995
5996 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
5997 {
5998 struct inferior *inf;
5999 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6000 int mi_only = 1;
6001
6002 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6003 {
6004 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6005 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6006 }
6007
6008 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6009 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6010 if (allflag
6011 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6012 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6013 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6014 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6015 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6016 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6017 mi_only = 0;
6018 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6019 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6020 }
6021
6022 if (!part_of_multiple)
6023 {
6024 if (b->thread != -1)
6025 {
6026 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6027 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6028 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6029 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6030 }
6031 else if (b->task != 0)
6032 {
6033 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6034 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6035 }
6036 }
6037
6038 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6039
6040 if (!part_of_multiple)
6041 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6042
6043 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6044 {
6045 annotate_field (6);
6046 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6047 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6048 the frame ID. */
6049 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6050 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6051 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6052 }
6053
6054 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6055 {
6056 annotate_field (7);
6057 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6058 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6059 else
6060 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6061 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6062
6063 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6064 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6065 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6066 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6067 == condition_evaluation_target)
6068 {
6069 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6070 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6071 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6072 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6073 }
6074 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6075 }
6076
6077 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6078 {
6079 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6080 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6081 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6082 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6083 }
6084
6085 if (!part_of_multiple)
6086 {
6087 if (b->hit_count)
6088 {
6089 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6090 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6091 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6092 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6093 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6094 else
6095 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6096 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6097 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6098 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6099 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6100 else
6101 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6102 }
6103 else
6104 {
6105 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6106 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6107 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6108 }
6109 }
6110
6111 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6112 {
6113 annotate_field (8);
6114 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6115 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6116 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6117 }
6118
6119 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6120 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6121 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6122 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6123 {
6124 annotate_field (8);
6125 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6126 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6127 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6128 if (b->ignore_count)
6129 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6130 else
6131 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6132 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6133 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6134 }
6135
6136 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6137 {
6138 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6139
6140 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6141 {
6142 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6143 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6144 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6145 }
6146 }
6147
6148 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6149 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6150 {
6151 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6152
6153 annotate_field (9);
6154 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6155 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6156 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6157 }
6158
6159 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6160 {
6161 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6162
6163 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6164 {
6165 annotate_field (10);
6166 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6167 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6168 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6169 }
6170
6171 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6172 pending. */
6173 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6174 {
6175 annotate_field (11);
6176
6177 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6178 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6179 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6180 else
6181 {
6182 if (loc->inserted)
6183 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6184 else
6185 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6186 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6187 }
6188 }
6189 }
6190
6191 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6192 {
6193 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6194 {
6195 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6196
6197 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6198 }
6199 else if (b->addr_string)
6200 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6201 }
6202}
6203
6204static void
6205print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6206 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6207 int allflag)
6208{
6209 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6210 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6211
6212 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6213
6214 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6215 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6216
6217 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6218 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6219 locations, if any. */
6220 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6221 {
6222 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6223 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6224 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6225 situation.
6226
6227 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6228 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6229 if (b->loc
6230 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6231 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6232 {
6233 struct bp_location *loc;
6234 int n = 1;
6235
6236 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6237 {
6238 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6239 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6240 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6241 do_cleanups (inner2);
6242 }
6243 }
6244 }
6245}
6246
6247static int
6248breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6249{
6250 int print_address_bits = 0;
6251 struct bp_location *loc;
6252
6253 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6254 {
6255 int addr_bit;
6256
6257 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6258 an address to print. */
6259 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6260 continue;
6261
6262 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6263 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6264 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6265 }
6266
6267 return print_address_bits;
6268}
6269
6270struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6271 {
6272 int bnum;
6273 };
6274
6275static int
6276do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6277{
6278 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6279 struct breakpoint *b;
6280 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6281
6282 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6283 {
6284 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6285 {
6286 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6287 return GDB_RC_OK;
6288 }
6289 }
6290 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6291}
6292
6293enum gdb_rc
6294gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6295 char **error_message)
6296{
6297 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6298
6299 args.bnum = bnum;
6300 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6301 an error. */
6302 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6303 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6304 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6305 else
6306 return GDB_RC_OK;
6307}
6308
6309/* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6310 internal or momentary. */
6311
6312int
6313user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6314{
6315 return b->number > 0;
6316}
6317
6318/* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6319 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6320 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6321 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6322 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6323 breakpoints listed. */
6324
6325static int
6326breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6327 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6328{
6329 struct breakpoint *b;
6330 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6331 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6332 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6333 struct value_print_options opts;
6334 int print_address_bits = 0;
6335 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6336 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6337
6338 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6339
6340 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6341 required for address fields. */
6342 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6343 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6344 {
6345 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6346 if (filter && !filter (b))
6347 continue;
6348
6349 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6350 accept. Skip the others. */
6351 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6352 {
6353 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6354 continue;
6355 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6356 continue;
6357 }
6358
6359 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6360 {
6361 int addr_bit, type_len;
6362
6363 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6364 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6365 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6366
6367 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6368 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6369 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6370
6371 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6372 }
6373 }
6374
6375 if (opts.addressprint)
6376 bkpttbl_chain
6377 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6378 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6379 "BreakpointTable");
6380 else
6381 bkpttbl_chain
6382 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6383 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6384 "BreakpointTable");
6385
6386 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6387 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6388 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6389 annotate_field (0);
6390 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6391 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6392 annotate_field (1);
6393 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6394 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6395 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6396 annotate_field (2);
6397 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6398 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6399 annotate_field (3);
6400 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6401 if (opts.addressprint)
6402 {
6403 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6404 annotate_field (4);
6405 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6406 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6407 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6408 else
6409 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6410 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6411 }
6412 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6413 annotate_field (5);
6414 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6415 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6416 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6417 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6418
6419 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6420 {
6421 QUIT;
6422 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6423 if (filter && !filter (b))
6424 continue;
6425
6426 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6427 accept. Skip the others. */
6428
6429 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6430 {
6431 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6432 {
6433 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6434 continue;
6435 }
6436 else /* all others */
6437 {
6438 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6439 continue;
6440 }
6441 }
6442 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6443 allflag is set. */
6444 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6445 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6446 }
6447
6448 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6449
6450 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6451 {
6452 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6453 empty list. */
6454 if (!filter)
6455 {
6456 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6457 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6458 else
6459 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6460 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6461 args);
6462 }
6463 }
6464 else
6465 {
6466 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6467 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6468 }
6469
6470 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6471 there have been breakpoints? */
6472 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6473
6474 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6475}
6476
6477/* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6478 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6479
6480static void
6481default_collect_info (void)
6482{
6483 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6484
6485 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6486 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6487 not wanted. */
6488 if (!*default_collect)
6489 return;
6490
6491 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6492 actions. */
6493 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6494 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6495 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6496}
6497
6498static void
6499breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6500{
6501 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6502
6503 default_collect_info ();
6504}
6505
6506static void
6507watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6508{
6509 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6510 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6511
6512 if (num_printed == 0)
6513 {
6514 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6515 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6516 else
6517 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6518 }
6519}
6520
6521static void
6522maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6523{
6524 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6525
6526 default_collect_info ();
6527}
6528
6529static int
6530breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6531 struct program_space *pspace,
6532 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6533{
6534 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6535
6536 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6537 {
6538 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6539 && bl->address == pc
6540 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6541 return 1;
6542 }
6543 return 0;
6544}
6545
6546/* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6547 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6548 address spaces. */
6549
6550static void
6551describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6552 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6553 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6554{
6555 int others = 0;
6556 struct breakpoint *b;
6557
6558 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6559 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6560 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6561 if (others > 0)
6562 {
6563 if (others == 1)
6564 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6565 else /* if (others == ???) */
6566 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6567 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6568 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6569 {
6570 others--;
6571 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6572 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6573 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6574 else if (b->thread != -1)
6575 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6576 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6577 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6578 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6579 ? " (disabled)"
6580 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6581 ? " (permanent)"
6582 : ""),
6583 (others > 1) ? ","
6584 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6585 }
6586 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6587 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6588 printf_filtered (".\n");
6589 }
6590}
6591\f
6592
6593/* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6594 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6595 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6596 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6597
6598 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6599 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6600 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6601 breakpoint at address zero:
6602
6603 bp_watchpoint
6604 bp_catchpoint
6605
6606*/
6607
6608static int
6609breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6610{
6611 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6612
6613 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6614}
6615
6616/* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6617 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6618
6619static int
6620watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6621 struct bp_location *loc2)
6622{
6623 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6624 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6625
6626 /* Both of them must exist. */
6627 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6628 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6629
6630 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6631 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6632 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6633 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6634 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6635 other watchpoint. */
6636 if ((w1->cond_exp
6637 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6638 loc1->length,
6639 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6640 w1->cond_exp))
6641 || (w2->cond_exp
6642 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6643 loc2->length,
6644 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6645 w2->cond_exp)))
6646 return 0;
6647
6648 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6649 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6650 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6651 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6652 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6653 become hw_access locations later. */
6654 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6655 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6656 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6657 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6658}
6659
6660/* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6661 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6662 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6663 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6664
6665static int
6666breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6667 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6668{
6669 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6670 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6671 && addr1 == addr2);
6672}
6673
6674/* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6675 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6676 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6677 space doesn't really matter. */
6678
6679static int
6680breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6681 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6682 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6683{
6684 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6685 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6686 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6687}
6688
6689/* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6690 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6691 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6692 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6693
6694static int
6695breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6696 struct address_space *aspace,
6697 CORE_ADDR addr)
6698{
6699 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6700 aspace, addr)
6701 || (bl->length
6702 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6703 bl->address, bl->length,
6704 aspace, addr)));
6705}
6706
6707/* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6708 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6709 true, otherwise returns false. */
6710
6711static int
6712tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6713 struct bp_location *loc2)
6714{
6715 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6716 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6717 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6718 different locations. */
6719 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6720 else
6721 return 0;
6722}
6723
6724/* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6725 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6726 represent the same location. */
6727
6728static int
6729breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6730 struct bp_location *loc2)
6731{
6732 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6733
6734 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6735 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6736 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6737
6738 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6739 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6740
6741 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6742 return 0;
6743 else if (hw_point1)
6744 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6745 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6746 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6747 else
6748 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6749 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6750 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6751 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6752}
6753
6754static void
6755breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6756 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6757{
6758 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6759 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6760 char astr1[64];
6761 char astr2[64];
6762
6763 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6764 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6765 if (have_bnum)
6766 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6767 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6768 else
6769 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6770}
6771
6772/* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6773 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6774 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6775 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6776
6777static CORE_ADDR
6778adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6779 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6780{
6781 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6782 {
6783 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6784 return bpaddr;
6785 }
6786 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6787 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6788 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6789 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6790 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6791 {
6792 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6793 have their addresses modified. */
6794 return bpaddr;
6795 }
6796 else
6797 {
6798 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6799
6800 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6801 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6802 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6803
6804 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6805 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6806 is required. */
6807 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6808 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6809
6810 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6811 }
6812}
6813
6814void
6815init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6816 struct breakpoint *owner)
6817{
6818 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6819
6820 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6821
6822 loc->ops = ops;
6823 loc->owner = owner;
6824 loc->cond = NULL;
6825 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6826 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6827 loc->enabled = 1;
6828
6829 switch (owner->type)
6830 {
6831 case bp_breakpoint:
6832 case bp_until:
6833 case bp_finish:
6834 case bp_longjmp:
6835 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6836 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6837 case bp_exception:
6838 case bp_exception_resume:
6839 case bp_step_resume:
6840 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6841 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6842 case bp_call_dummy:
6843 case bp_std_terminate:
6844 case bp_shlib_event:
6845 case bp_thread_event:
6846 case bp_overlay_event:
6847 case bp_jit_event:
6848 case bp_longjmp_master:
6849 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6850 case bp_exception_master:
6851 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6852 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6853 case bp_dprintf:
6854 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6855 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6856 break;
6857 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6858 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6859 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6860 break;
6861 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6862 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6863 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6864 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6865 break;
6866 case bp_watchpoint:
6867 case bp_catchpoint:
6868 case bp_tracepoint:
6869 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6870 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6871 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6872 break;
6873 default:
6874 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6875 }
6876
6877 loc->refc = 1;
6878}
6879
6880/* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6881
6882static struct bp_location *
6883allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6884{
6885 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6886}
6887
6888static void
6889free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6890{
6891 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6892 xfree (loc);
6893}
6894
6895/* Increment reference count. */
6896
6897static void
6898incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6899{
6900 ++bl->refc;
6901}
6902
6903/* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6904 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6905
6906static void
6907decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6908{
6909 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6910
6911 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6912 free_bp_location (*blp);
6913 *blp = NULL;
6914}
6915
6916/* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6917
6918static void
6919add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6920{
6921 struct breakpoint *b1;
6922
6923 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6924 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6925
6926 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6927 if (b1 == 0)
6928 breakpoint_chain = b;
6929 else
6930 {
6931 while (b1->next)
6932 b1 = b1->next;
6933 b1->next = b;
6934 }
6935}
6936
6937/* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6938
6939static void
6940init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6941 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6942 enum bptype bptype,
6943 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6944{
6945 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6946
6947 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6948
6949 b->ops = ops;
6950 b->type = bptype;
6951 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6952 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6953 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6954 b->thread = -1;
6955 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6956 b->next = 0;
6957 b->silent = 0;
6958 b->ignore_count = 0;
6959 b->commands = NULL;
6960 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6961 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6962 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6963 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6964}
6965
6966/* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6967 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6968
6969static struct breakpoint *
6970set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6971 enum bptype bptype,
6972 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6973{
6974 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6975
6976 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6977 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6978 return b;
6979}
6980
6981/* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6982 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6983 enough. */
6984
6985static void
6986set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6987{
6988 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6989
6990 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6991 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6992 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6993 {
6994 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6995 const char *function_name;
6996 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6997
6998 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6999 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7000
7001 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7002 {
7003 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7004
7005 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7006 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7007 &loc->requested_address))
7008 {
7009 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7010 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7011 loc->requested_address,
7012 b->type);
7013 }
7014 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7015 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7016 {
7017 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7018 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7019 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7020 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7021 breakpoint. */
7022 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7023 }
7024 }
7025
7026 if (function_name)
7027 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7028 }
7029}
7030
7031/* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7032struct gdbarch *
7033get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7034{
7035 if (sal.section)
7036 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7037 if (sal.symtab)
7038 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7039
7040 return NULL;
7041}
7042
7043/* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7044 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7045 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7046
7047 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7048 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7049 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7050
7051static void
7052init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7053 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7054 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7055{
7056 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7057
7058 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7059
7060 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7061 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7062
7063 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7064 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7065 program space. */
7066 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7067 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7068}
7069
7070/* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7071 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7072 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7073 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7074 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7075 is also returned as the value of this function.
7076
7077 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7078 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7079 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7080 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7081 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7082 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7083 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7084
7085struct breakpoint *
7086set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7087 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7088 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7089{
7090 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7091
7092 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7093 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7094 return b;
7095}
7096
7097
7098/* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7099 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7100void
7101make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7102{
7103 struct bp_location *bl;
7104
7105 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7106
7107 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7108 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7109 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7110 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7111 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7112 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7113 bl->inserted = 1;
7114}
7115
7116/* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7117 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7118 initiated the operation. */
7119
7120void
7121set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7122{
7123 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7124 int thread = tp->num;
7125
7126 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7127 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7128 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7129 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7130 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7131 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7132 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7133 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7134 {
7135 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7136 struct breakpoint *clone;
7137
7138 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7139 after their removal. */
7140 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7141 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7142 clone->thread = thread;
7143 }
7144
7145 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7146}
7147
7148/* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7149void
7150delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7151{
7152 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7153
7154 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7155 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7156 {
7157 if (b->thread == thread)
7158 delete_breakpoint (b);
7159 }
7160}
7161
7162void
7163delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7164{
7165 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7166
7167 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7168 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7169 {
7170 if (b->thread == thread)
7171 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7172 }
7173}
7174
7175/* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7176 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7177 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7178 breakpoints. */
7179
7180struct breakpoint *
7181set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7182{
7183 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7184
7185 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7186 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7187 {
7188 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7189
7190 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7191 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7192 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7193
7194 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7195
7196 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7197 if (retval == NULL)
7198 retval = new_b;
7199 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7200 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7201 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7202 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7203 }
7204
7205 return retval;
7206}
7207
7208/* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7209 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7210 stack.
7211
7212 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7213 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7214 frames. */
7215
7216void
7217check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7218{
7219 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7220
7221 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7222 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7223 {
7224 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7225
7226 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7227 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7228 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7229 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7230 continue;
7231
7232 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7233
7234 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7235 {
7236 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7237 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7238 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7239 }
7240 delete_breakpoint (b);
7241 }
7242}
7243
7244void
7245enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7246{
7247 struct breakpoint *b;
7248
7249 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7250 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7251 {
7252 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7253 update_global_location_list (1);
7254 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7255 }
7256}
7257
7258void
7259disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7260{
7261 struct breakpoint *b;
7262
7263 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7264 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7265 {
7266 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7267 update_global_location_list (0);
7268 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7269 }
7270}
7271
7272/* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7273 master breakpoint. */
7274void
7275set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7276{
7277 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7278
7279 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7280 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7281 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7282 {
7283 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7284 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7285 }
7286}
7287
7288/* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7289void
7290delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7291{
7292 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7293
7294 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7295 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7296 delete_breakpoint (b);
7297}
7298
7299struct breakpoint *
7300create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7301{
7302 struct breakpoint *b;
7303
7304 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7305 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7306
7307 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7308 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7309 b->addr_string
7310 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7311
7312 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7313
7314 return b;
7315}
7316
7317void
7318remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7319{
7320 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7321
7322 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7323 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7324 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7325 delete_breakpoint (b);
7326}
7327
7328struct lang_and_radix
7329 {
7330 enum language lang;
7331 int radix;
7332 };
7333
7334/* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7335
7336struct breakpoint *
7337create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7338{
7339 struct breakpoint *b;
7340
7341 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7342 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7343 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7344 return b;
7345}
7346
7347/* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7348
7349void
7350remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7351{
7352 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7353
7354 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7355 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7356 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7357 delete_breakpoint (b);
7358}
7359
7360void
7361remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7362{
7363 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7364
7365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7366 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7367 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7368 delete_breakpoint (b);
7369}
7370
7371struct breakpoint *
7372create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7373{
7374 struct breakpoint *b;
7375
7376 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7377 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7378 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7379 return b;
7380}
7381
7382/* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7383 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7384
7385void
7386disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7387{
7388 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7389
7390 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7391 {
7392 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7393 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7394
7395 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7396 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7397 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7398 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7399 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7400 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7401 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7402 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7403 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7404 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7405 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7406#ifdef PC_SOLIB
7407 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7408#else
7409 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7410#endif
7411 )
7412 {
7413 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7414 }
7415 }
7416}
7417
7418/* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7419 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7420 disabled. */
7421
7422static void
7423disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7424{
7425 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7426 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7427
7428 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7429 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7430 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7431 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7432 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7433 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7434 return;
7435
7436 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7437 {
7438 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7439 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7440
7441 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7442 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7443 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7444 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7445 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7446 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7447 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7448 || is_tracepoint (b))
7449 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7450 {
7451 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7452 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7453 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7454 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7455 loc->inserted = 0;
7456
7457 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7458 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7459
7460 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7461 {
7462 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7463 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7464 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7465 solib->so_name);
7466 }
7467 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7468 }
7469 }
7470}
7471
7472/* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7473
7474/* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7475 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7476 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7477 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7478 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7479
7480struct fork_catchpoint
7481{
7482 /* The base class. */
7483 struct breakpoint base;
7484
7485 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7486 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7487 catchpoint has triggered. */
7488 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7489};
7490
7491/* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7492 catchpoints. */
7493
7494static int
7495insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7496{
7497 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7498}
7499
7500/* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7501 catchpoints. */
7502
7503static int
7504remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7505{
7506 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7507}
7508
7509/* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7510 catchpoints. */
7511
7512static int
7513breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7514 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7515 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7516{
7517 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7518
7519 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7520 return 0;
7521
7522 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7523 return 1;
7524}
7525
7526/* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7527 catchpoints. */
7528
7529static enum print_stop_action
7530print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7531{
7532 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7533 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7534 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7535
7536 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7537 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7538 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7539 else
7540 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7541 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7542 {
7543 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7544 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7545 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7546 }
7547 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7548 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7549 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7550 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7551 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7552}
7553
7554/* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7555 catchpoints. */
7556
7557static void
7558print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7559{
7560 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7561 struct value_print_options opts;
7562 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7563
7564 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7565
7566 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7567 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7568 readable). */
7569 if (opts.addressprint)
7570 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7571 annotate_field (5);
7572 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7573 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7574 {
7575 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7576 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7577 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7578 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7579 }
7580
7581 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7582 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7583}
7584
7585/* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7586 catchpoints. */
7587
7588static void
7589print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7590{
7591 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7592}
7593
7594/* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7595 catchpoints. */
7596
7597static void
7598print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7599{
7600 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7601 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7602}
7603
7604/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7605
7606static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7607
7608/* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7609 catchpoints. */
7610
7611static int
7612insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7613{
7614 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7615}
7616
7617/* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7618 catchpoints. */
7619
7620static int
7621remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7622{
7623 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7624}
7625
7626/* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7627 catchpoints. */
7628
7629static int
7630breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7631 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7632 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7633{
7634 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7635
7636 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7637 return 0;
7638
7639 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7640 return 1;
7641}
7642
7643/* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7644 catchpoints. */
7645
7646static enum print_stop_action
7647print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7648{
7649 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7650 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7651 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7652
7653 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7654 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7655 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7656 else
7657 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7658 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7659 {
7660 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7661 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7662 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7663 }
7664 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7665 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7666 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7667 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7668 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7669}
7670
7671/* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7672 catchpoints. */
7673
7674static void
7675print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7676{
7677 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7678 struct value_print_options opts;
7679 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7680
7681 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7682 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7683 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7684 readable). */
7685 if (opts.addressprint)
7686 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7687 annotate_field (5);
7688 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7689 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7690 {
7691 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7692 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7693 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7694 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7695 }
7696
7697 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7698 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7699}
7700
7701/* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7702 catchpoints. */
7703
7704static void
7705print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7706{
7707 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7708}
7709
7710/* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7711 catchpoints. */
7712
7713static void
7714print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7715{
7716 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7717 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7718}
7719
7720/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7721
7722static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7723
7724/* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7725 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7726 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7727 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7728 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7729
7730struct solib_catchpoint
7731{
7732 /* The base class. */
7733 struct breakpoint base;
7734
7735 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7736 unsigned char is_load;
7737
7738 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7739 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7740 char *regex;
7741 regex_t compiled;
7742};
7743
7744static void
7745dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7746{
7747 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7748
7749 if (self->regex)
7750 regfree (&self->compiled);
7751 xfree (self->regex);
7752
7753 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7754}
7755
7756static int
7757insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7758{
7759 return 0;
7760}
7761
7762static int
7763remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7764{
7765 return 0;
7766}
7767
7768static int
7769breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7770 struct address_space *aspace,
7771 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7772 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7773{
7774 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7775 struct breakpoint *other;
7776
7777 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7778 return 1;
7779
7780 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7781 {
7782 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7783
7784 if (other == bl->owner)
7785 continue;
7786
7787 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7788 continue;
7789
7790 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7791 continue;
7792
7793 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7794 {
7795 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7796 return 1;
7797 }
7798 }
7799
7800 return 0;
7801}
7802
7803static void
7804check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7805{
7806 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7807 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7808 int ix;
7809
7810 if (self->is_load)
7811 {
7812 struct so_list *iter;
7813
7814 for (ix = 0;
7815 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7816 ix, iter);
7817 ++ix)
7818 {
7819 if (!self->regex
7820 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7821 return;
7822 }
7823 }
7824 else
7825 {
7826 char *iter;
7827
7828 for (ix = 0;
7829 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7830 ix, iter);
7831 ++ix)
7832 {
7833 if (!self->regex
7834 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7835 return;
7836 }
7837 }
7838
7839 bs->stop = 0;
7840 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7841}
7842
7843static enum print_stop_action
7844print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7845{
7846 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7847 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7848
7849 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7850 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7851 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7852 else
7853 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7854 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7855 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7856 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7857 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7858 print_solib_event (1);
7859 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7860}
7861
7862static void
7863print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7864{
7865 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7866 struct value_print_options opts;
7867 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7868 char *msg;
7869
7870 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7871 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7872 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7873 readable). */
7874 if (opts.addressprint)
7875 {
7876 annotate_field (4);
7877 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7878 }
7879
7880 annotate_field (5);
7881 if (self->is_load)
7882 {
7883 if (self->regex)
7884 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7885 else
7886 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7887 }
7888 else
7889 {
7890 if (self->regex)
7891 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7892 else
7893 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7894 }
7895 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7896 xfree (msg);
7897
7898 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7899 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
7900 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7901}
7902
7903static void
7904print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7905{
7906 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7907
7908 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7909 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7910}
7911
7912static void
7913print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7914{
7915 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7916
7917 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7918 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7919 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7920 if (self->regex)
7921 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7923}
7924
7925static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7926
7927/* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7928 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7929 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7930 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7931 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7932 created in an enabled state. */
7933
7934void
7935add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7936{
7937 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7938 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7939 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7940
7941 if (!arg)
7942 arg = "";
7943 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7944
7945 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7946 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7947
7948 if (*arg != '\0')
7949 {
7950 int errcode;
7951
7952 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7953 if (errcode != 0)
7954 {
7955 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7956
7957 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7958 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7959 }
7960 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7961 }
7962
7963 c->is_load = is_load;
7964 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7965 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7966
7967 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7968
7969 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7970 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7971}
7972
7973/* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7974 "catch unload". */
7975
7976static void
7977catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7978 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7979{
7980 int tempflag;
7981 const int enabled = 1;
7982
7983 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7984
7985 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7986}
7987
7988static void
7989catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7990 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7991{
7992 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7993}
7994
7995static void
7996catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7997 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7998{
7999 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8000}
8001
8002/* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8003 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8004 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8005 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8006 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8007
8008struct syscall_catchpoint
8009{
8010 /* The base class. */
8011 struct breakpoint base;
8012
8013 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8014 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8015 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8016 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8017 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8018};
8019
8020/* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8021 catchpoints. */
8022
8023static void
8024dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8025{
8026 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8027
8028 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8029
8030 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8031}
8032
8033static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8034
8035struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8036{
8037 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8038 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8039 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8040
8041 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8042 int any_syscall_count;
8043
8044 /* Count of each system call. */
8045 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8046
8047 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8048 if any catching is necessary. */
8049 int total_syscalls_count;
8050};
8051
8052static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8053get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8054{
8055 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8056
8057 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8058 if (inf_data == NULL)
8059 {
8060 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8061 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8062 }
8063
8064 return inf_data;
8065}
8066
8067static void
8068catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8069{
8070 xfree (arg);
8071}
8072
8073
8074/* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8075 catchpoints. */
8076
8077static int
8078insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8079{
8080 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8081 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8082 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8083 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8084
8085 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8086 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8087 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8088 else
8089 {
8090 int i, iter;
8091
8092 for (i = 0;
8093 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8094 i++)
8095 {
8096 int elem;
8097
8098 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8099 {
8100 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8101 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8102 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8103 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8104 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8105 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8106 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8107 + vec_addr_offset);
8108 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8109 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8110 }
8111 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8112 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8113 }
8114 }
8115
8116 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8117 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8118 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8119 VEC_length (int,
8120 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8121 VEC_address (int,
8122 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8123}
8124
8125/* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8126 catchpoints. */
8127
8128static int
8129remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8130{
8131 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8132 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8133 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8134 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8135
8136 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8137 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8138 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8139 else
8140 {
8141 int i, iter;
8142
8143 for (i = 0;
8144 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8145 i++)
8146 {
8147 int elem;
8148 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8149 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8150 continue;
8151 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8152 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8153 }
8154 }
8155
8156 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8157 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8158 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8159 VEC_length (int,
8160 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8161 VEC_address (int,
8162 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8163}
8164
8165/* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8166 catchpoints. */
8167
8168static int
8169breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8170 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8171 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8172{
8173 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8174 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8175 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8176 int syscall_number = 0;
8177 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8178 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8179
8180 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8181 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8182 return 0;
8183
8184 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8185
8186 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8187 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8188 {
8189 int i, iter;
8190
8191 for (i = 0;
8192 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8193 i++)
8194 if (syscall_number == iter)
8195 break;
8196 /* Not the same. */
8197 if (!iter)
8198 return 0;
8199 }
8200
8201 return 1;
8202}
8203
8204/* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8205 catchpoints. */
8206
8207static enum print_stop_action
8208print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8209{
8210 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8211 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8212 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8213 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8214 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8215 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8216 ptid_t ptid;
8217 struct target_waitstatus last;
8218 struct syscall s;
8219
8220 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8221
8222 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8223
8224 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8225
8226 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8227 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8228 else
8229 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8230 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8231 {
8232 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8233 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8234 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8235 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8236 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8237 }
8238 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8239
8240 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8241 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8242 else
8243 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8244
8245 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8246 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8247 if (s.name != NULL)
8248 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8249
8250 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8251
8252 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8253}
8254
8255/* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8256 catchpoints. */
8257
8258static void
8259print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8260 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8261{
8262 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8263 struct value_print_options opts;
8264 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8265
8266 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8267 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8268 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8269 readable). */
8270 if (opts.addressprint)
8271 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8272 annotate_field (5);
8273
8274 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8275 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8276 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8277 else
8278 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8279
8280 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8281 {
8282 int i, iter;
8283 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8284
8285 for (i = 0;
8286 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8287 i++)
8288 {
8289 char *x = text;
8290 struct syscall s;
8291 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8292
8293 if (s.name != NULL)
8294 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8295 else
8296 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8297
8298 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8299 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8300 on every call. */
8301 xfree (x);
8302 }
8303 /* Remove the last comma. */
8304 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8305 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8306 }
8307 else
8308 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8309 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8310
8311 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8312 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8313}
8314
8315/* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8316 catchpoints. */
8317
8318static void
8319print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8320{
8321 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8322
8323 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8324 {
8325 int i, iter;
8326
8327 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8328 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8329 else
8330 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8331
8332 for (i = 0;
8333 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8334 i++)
8335 {
8336 struct syscall s;
8337 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8338
8339 if (s.name)
8340 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8341 else
8342 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8343 }
8344 printf_filtered (")");
8345 }
8346 else
8347 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8348 b->number);
8349}
8350
8351/* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8352 catchpoints. */
8353
8354static void
8355print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8356{
8357 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8358
8359 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8360
8361 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8362 {
8363 int i, iter;
8364
8365 for (i = 0;
8366 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8367 i++)
8368 {
8369 struct syscall s;
8370
8371 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8372 if (s.name)
8373 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8374 else
8375 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8376 }
8377 }
8378 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8379}
8380
8381/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8382
8383static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8384
8385/* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8386
8387static int
8388syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8389{
8390 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8391}
8392
8393/* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8394 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8395 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8396 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8397
8398void
8399init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8400 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8401 char *cond_string,
8402 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8403{
8404 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8405
8406 init_sal (&sal);
8407 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8408
8409 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8410
8411 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8412 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8413}
8414
8415void
8416install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8417{
8418 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8419 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8420 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8421 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8422 if (!internal)
8423 mention (b);
8424 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8425
8426 if (update_gll)
8427 update_global_location_list (1);
8428}
8429
8430static void
8431create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8432 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8433 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8434{
8435 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8436
8437 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8438
8439 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8440
8441 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8442}
8443
8444/* Exec catchpoints. */
8445
8446/* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8447 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8448 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8449 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8450 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8451
8452struct exec_catchpoint
8453{
8454 /* The base class. */
8455 struct breakpoint base;
8456
8457 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8458 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8459 triggered. */
8460 char *exec_pathname;
8461};
8462
8463/* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8464 catchpoints. */
8465
8466static void
8467dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8468{
8469 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8470
8471 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8472
8473 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8474}
8475
8476static int
8477insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8478{
8479 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8480}
8481
8482static int
8483remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8484{
8485 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8486}
8487
8488static int
8489breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8490 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8491 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8492{
8493 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8494
8495 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8496 return 0;
8497
8498 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8499 return 1;
8500}
8501
8502static enum print_stop_action
8503print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8504{
8505 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8506 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8507 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8508
8509 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8510 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8511 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8512 else
8513 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8514 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8515 {
8516 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8517 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8518 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8519 }
8520 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8521 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8522 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8523 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8524
8525 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8526}
8527
8528static void
8529print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8530{
8531 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8532 struct value_print_options opts;
8533 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8534
8535 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8536
8537 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8538 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8539 is relatively readable). */
8540 if (opts.addressprint)
8541 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8542 annotate_field (5);
8543 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8544 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8545 {
8546 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8547 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8548 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8549 }
8550
8551 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8552 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8553}
8554
8555static void
8556print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8557{
8558 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8559}
8560
8561/* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8562 catchpoints. */
8563
8564static void
8565print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8566{
8567 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8568 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8569}
8570
8571static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8572
8573static void
8574create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8575 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8576{
8577 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8578 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8579
8580 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8581 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8582 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8583
8584 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8585}
8586
8587static int
8588hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8589{
8590 int i = 0;
8591 struct breakpoint *b;
8592 struct bp_location *bl;
8593
8594 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8595 {
8596 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8597 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8598 {
8599 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8600 one register. */
8601 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8602 }
8603 }
8604
8605 return i;
8606}
8607
8608/* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8609 watchpoint. */
8610
8611static int
8612hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8613{
8614 int i = 0;
8615 struct bp_location *bl;
8616
8617 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8618 return 0;
8619
8620 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8621 {
8622 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8623 one register. */
8624 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8625 }
8626
8627 return i;
8628}
8629
8630/* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8631 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8632 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8633 types _not_ TYPE. */
8634
8635static int
8636hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8637 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8638{
8639 int i = 0;
8640 struct breakpoint *b;
8641
8642 *other_type_used = 0;
8643 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8644 {
8645 if (b == except)
8646 continue;
8647 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8648 continue;
8649
8650 if (b->type == type)
8651 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8652 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8653 *other_type_used = 1;
8654 }
8655
8656 return i;
8657}
8658
8659void
8660disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8661{
8662 struct breakpoint *b;
8663
8664 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8665 {
8666 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8667 {
8668 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8669 update_global_location_list (0);
8670 }
8671 }
8672}
8673
8674void
8675enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8676{
8677 struct breakpoint *b;
8678
8679 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8680 {
8681 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8682 {
8683 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8684 update_global_location_list (1);
8685 }
8686 }
8687}
8688
8689void
8690disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8691{
8692 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8693 update_global_location_list (0);
8694}
8695
8696void
8697enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8698{
8699 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8700 breakpoint_re_set ();
8701}
8702
8703
8704/* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8705 at address specified by SAL.
8706 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8707
8708struct breakpoint *
8709set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8710 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8711{
8712 struct breakpoint *b;
8713
8714 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8715 tail-called one. */
8716 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8717
8718 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8719 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8720 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8721 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8722
8723 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8724 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8725 control. */
8726 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8727 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8728
8729 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8730
8731 return b;
8732}
8733
8734/* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8735 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8736 breakpoint_ops. */
8737
8738static struct breakpoint *
8739momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8740 enum bptype type,
8741 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8742{
8743 struct breakpoint *copy;
8744
8745 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8746 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8747 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8748
8749 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8750 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8751 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8752 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8753 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8754 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8755 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8756 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8757 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8758 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8759 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8760
8761 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8762 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8763 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8764
8765 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8766 return copy;
8767}
8768
8769/* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8770 ORIG is NULL. */
8771
8772struct breakpoint *
8773clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8774{
8775 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8776 if (orig == NULL)
8777 return NULL;
8778
8779 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8780}
8781
8782struct breakpoint *
8783set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8784 enum bptype type)
8785{
8786 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8787
8788 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8789 sal.pc = pc;
8790 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8791 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8792
8793 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8794}
8795\f
8796
8797/* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8798
8799static void
8800mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8801{
8802 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8803 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8804 return;
8805 printf_filtered ("\n");
8806}
8807\f
8808
8809static struct bp_location *
8810add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8811 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8812{
8813 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8814 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8815 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8816
8817 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8818 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8819
8820 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8821 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8822 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8823 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8824 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8825 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8826 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8827 sal->pc, b->type);
8828
8829 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8830 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8831 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8832 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8833 ;
8834 loc->next = *tmp;
8835 *tmp = loc;
8836
8837 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8838 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8839 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8840 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8841 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8842 loc->section = sal->section;
8843 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8844 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8845 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8846
8847 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8848 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8849 return loc;
8850}
8851\f
8852
8853/* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8854 return 0 otherwise. */
8855
8856static int
8857bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8858{
8859 int len;
8860 CORE_ADDR addr;
8861 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8862 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8863 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8864 int retval = 0;
8865
8866 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8867
8868 addr = loc->address;
8869 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8870
8871 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8872 if (bpoint == NULL)
8873 return 0;
8874
8875 target_mem = alloca (len);
8876
8877 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8878 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8879 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8880 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8881
8882 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8883 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8884
8885 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8886 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8887 retval = 1;
8888
8889 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8890
8891 return retval;
8892}
8893
8894/* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8895 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8896
8897static void
8898update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8899{
8900 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8901 char *printf_line = NULL;
8902
8903 if (!dprintf_args)
8904 return;
8905
8906 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8907
8908 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8909 insist on it. */
8910 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8911 ++dprintf_args;
8912 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8913
8914 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8915 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8916
8917 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8918 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8919 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8920 {
8921 if (!dprintf_function)
8922 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8923
8924 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8925 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8926 dprintf_function,
8927 dprintf_channel,
8928 dprintf_args);
8929 else
8930 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8931 dprintf_function,
8932 dprintf_args);
8933 }
8934 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8935 {
8936 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8937 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8938 else
8939 {
8940 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8941 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8942 }
8943 }
8944 else
8945 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8946 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8947
8948 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8949 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8950 {
8951 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8952
8953 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8954 {
8955 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8956 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8957 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8958 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8959 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8960 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8961 }
8962
8963 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8964 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8965 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8966 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8967 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8968 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8969
8970 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8971 }
8972}
8973
8974/* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8975 current style settings. */
8976
8977static void
8978update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8979 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8980{
8981 struct breakpoint *b;
8982
8983 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8984 {
8985 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8986 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8987 }
8988}
8989
8990/* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8991 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8992 as condition expression. */
8993
8994static void
8995init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8996 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8997 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8998 char *extra_string,
8999 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9000 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9001 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9002 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9003 int display_canonical)
9004{
9005 int i;
9006
9007 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9008 {
9009 int target_resources_ok;
9010
9011 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9012 target_resources_ok =
9013 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9014 i + 1, 0);
9015 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9016 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9017 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9018 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9019 }
9020
9021 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9022
9023 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9024 {
9025 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9026 struct bp_location *loc;
9027
9028 if (from_tty)
9029 {
9030 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9031 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9032 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9033
9034 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9035 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9036 }
9037
9038 if (i == 0)
9039 {
9040 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9041 b->thread = thread;
9042 b->task = task;
9043
9044 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9045 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9046 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9047 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9048 b->disposition = disposition;
9049
9050 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9051 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9052
9053 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9054 {
9055 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9056 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9057
9058 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9059 {
9060 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9061 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9062 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9063 char *endp;
9064 char *marker_str;
9065
9066 p = skip_spaces (p);
9067
9068 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9069
9070 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9071 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9072
9073 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9074 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9075 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9076 }
9077 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9078 {
9079 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9080 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9081
9082 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9083 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9084 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9085 }
9086 else
9087 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9088 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9089 }
9090
9091 loc = b->loc;
9092 }
9093 else
9094 {
9095 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9096 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9097 loc->inserted = 1;
9098 }
9099
9100 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9101 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9102
9103 if (b->cond_string)
9104 {
9105 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9106
9107 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9108 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9109 if (*arg)
9110 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9111 }
9112
9113 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9114 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9115 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9116 {
9117 if (b->extra_string)
9118 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9119 else
9120 error (_("Format string required"));
9121 }
9122 else if (b->extra_string)
9123 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9124 }
9125
9126 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9127 if (addr_string)
9128 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9129 else
9130 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9131 me. */
9132 b->addr_string
9133 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9134 b->filter = filter;
9135}
9136
9137static void
9138create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9139 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9140 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9141 char *extra_string,
9142 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9143 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9144 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9145 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9146 int display_canonical)
9147{
9148 struct breakpoint *b;
9149 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9150
9151 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9152 {
9153 struct tracepoint *t;
9154
9155 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9156 b = &t->base;
9157 }
9158 else
9159 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9160
9161 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9162
9163 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9164 sals, addr_string,
9165 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9166 type, disposition,
9167 thread, task, ignore_count,
9168 ops, from_tty,
9169 enabled, internal, flags,
9170 display_canonical);
9171 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9172
9173 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9174}
9175
9176/* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9177 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9178 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9179 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9180 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9181 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9182 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9183 we take just a single condition string.
9184
9185 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9186 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9187 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9188 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9189 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9190
9191static void
9192create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9193 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9194 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9195 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9196 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9197 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9198 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9199{
9200 int i;
9201 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9202
9203 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9204 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9205
9206 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9207 {
9208 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9209 'break', without arguments. */
9210 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9211 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9212 : NULL);
9213 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9214 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9215
9216 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9217 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9218 addr_string,
9219 filter_string,
9220 cond_string, extra_string,
9221 type, disposition,
9222 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9223 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9224 canonical->special_display);
9225 discard_cleanups (inner);
9226 }
9227}
9228
9229/* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9230 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9231 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9232 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9233
9234 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9235 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9236
9237static void
9238parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9239 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9240{
9241 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9242 breakpoint. */
9243 if ((*address) == NULL
9244 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9245 {
9246 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9247 address. */
9248 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9249 {
9250 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9251 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9252 CORE_ADDR pc;
9253
9254 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9255 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9256 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9257
9258 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9259 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9260 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9261 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9262 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9263 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9264 pc = sal.pc;
9265 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9266
9267 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9268 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9269 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9270 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9271 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9272 sal.pc = pc;
9273 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9274
9275 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9276 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9277 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9278
9279 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9280 }
9281 else
9282 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9283 }
9284 else
9285 {
9286 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9287
9288 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9289 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9290 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9291 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9292
9293 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9294 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9295 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9296 && (!cursal.symtab
9297 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9298 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9299 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9300 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9301 get_last_displayed_line (),
9302 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9303 else
9304 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9305 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9306 }
9307}
9308
9309
9310/* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9311 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9312
9313static void
9314breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9315{
9316 int i;
9317
9318 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9319 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9320}
9321
9322/* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9323 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9324 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9325 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9326 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9327 it, etc. */
9328
9329static void
9330check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9331 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9332{
9333 int i, rslt;
9334 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9335 char *msg;
9336 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9337
9338 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9339 {
9340 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9341
9342 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9343
9344 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9345 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9346 associated with SAL. */
9347 if (sarch == NULL)
9348 sarch = gdbarch;
9349 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9350 NULL, &msg);
9351 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9352
9353 if (!rslt)
9354 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9355 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9356
9357 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9358 }
9359}
9360
9361/* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9362
9363static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9364invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9365{
9366 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9367}
9368
9369/* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9370 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9371 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9372 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9373 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9374 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9375
9376static void
9377find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9378 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9379 char **rest)
9380{
9381 *cond_string = NULL;
9382 *thread = -1;
9383 *task = 0;
9384 *rest = NULL;
9385
9386 while (tok && *tok)
9387 {
9388 const char *end_tok;
9389 int toklen;
9390 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9391 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9392
9393 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9394
9395 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9396 {
9397 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9398 return;
9399 }
9400
9401 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9402
9403 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9404
9405 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9406 {
9407 struct expression *expr;
9408
9409 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9410 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9411 xfree (expr);
9412 cond_end = tok;
9413 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9414 }
9415 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9416 {
9417 char *tmptok;
9418
9419 tok = end_tok + 1;
9420 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9421 if (tok == tmptok)
9422 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9423 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9424 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9425 tok = tmptok;
9426 }
9427 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9428 {
9429 char *tmptok;
9430
9431 tok = end_tok + 1;
9432 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9433 if (tok == tmptok)
9434 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9435 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9436 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9437 tok = tmptok;
9438 }
9439 else if (rest)
9440 {
9441 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9442 return;
9443 }
9444 else
9445 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9446 }
9447}
9448
9449/* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9450
9451static struct symtabs_and_lines
9452decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9453{
9454 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9455 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9456 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9457 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9458 char *endp;
9459 char *marker_str;
9460 int i;
9461
9462 p = skip_spaces (p);
9463
9464 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9465
9466 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9467 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9468
9469 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9470 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9471 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9472
9473 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9474 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9475
9476 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9477 {
9478 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9479
9480 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9481
9482 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9483
9484 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9485 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9486
9487 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9488 }
9489
9490 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9491
9492 *arg_p = endp;
9493 return sals;
9494}
9495
9496/* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9497 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9498 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9499 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9500 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9501 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9502 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9503 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9504 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9505 false otherwise. */
9506
9507int
9508create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9509 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9510 int thread, char *extra_string,
9511 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9512 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9513 int ignore_count,
9514 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9515 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9516 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9517 unsigned flags)
9518{
9519 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9520 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9521 char *addr_start = arg;
9522 struct linespec_result canonical;
9523 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9524 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9525 int pending = 0;
9526 int task = 0;
9527 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9528
9529 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9530
9531 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9532
9533 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9534 {
9535 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9536 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9537 }
9538
9539 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9540 switch (e.reason)
9541 {
9542 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9543 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9544 return 0;
9545 break;
9546 case RETURN_ERROR:
9547 switch (e.error)
9548 {
9549 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9550
9551 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9552 error. */
9553
9554 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9555 throw_exception (e);
9556
9557 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9558
9559 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9560 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9561 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9562 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9563 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9564 return 0;
9565
9566 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9567 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9568 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9569 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9570 {
9571 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9572
9573 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9574 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9575 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9576 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9577 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9578 pending = 1;
9579 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9580 }
9581 break;
9582 default:
9583 throw_exception (e);
9584 }
9585 break;
9586 default:
9587 throw_exception (e);
9588 }
9589
9590 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9591 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9592
9593 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9594 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9595 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9596 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9597 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9598
9599 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9600 are ok for the target. */
9601 if (!pending)
9602 {
9603 int ix;
9604 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9605
9606 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9607 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9608 }
9609
9610 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9611 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9612 {
9613 int ix;
9614 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9615
9616 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9617 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9618 }
9619
9620 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9621 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9622 breakpoint. */
9623 if (!pending)
9624 {
9625 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9626
9627 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9628
9629 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9630 {
9631 char *rest;
9632 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9633 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9634 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9635 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9636
9637 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9638 &thread, &task, &rest);
9639 if (cond_string)
9640 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9641 if (rest)
9642 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9643 if (rest)
9644 extra_string = rest;
9645 }
9646 else
9647 {
9648 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9649 if (cond_string)
9650 {
9651 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9652 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9653 }
9654 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9655 if (extra_string)
9656 {
9657 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9658 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9659 }
9660 }
9661
9662 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9663 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9664 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9665 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9666 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9667 }
9668 else
9669 {
9670 struct breakpoint *b;
9671
9672 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9673
9674 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9675 {
9676 struct tracepoint *t;
9677
9678 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9679 b = &t->base;
9680 }
9681 else
9682 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9683
9684 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9685
9686 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9687 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9688 b->cond_string = NULL;
9689 else
9690 {
9691 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9692 if (cond_string)
9693 {
9694 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9695 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9696 }
9697 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9698 }
9699 b->extra_string = NULL;
9700 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9701 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9702 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9703 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9704 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9705 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9706 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9707
9708 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9709 }
9710
9711 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9712 {
9713 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9714 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9715 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9716 }
9717
9718 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9719 breakpoint. */
9720 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9721 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9722 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9723
9724 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9725 update_global_location_list (1);
9726
9727 return 1;
9728}
9729
9730/* Set a breakpoint.
9731 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9732 condition, and thread.
9733 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9734 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9735 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9736
9737static void
9738break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9739{
9740 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9741 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9742 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9743 : bp_breakpoint);
9744 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9745 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9746
9747 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9748 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9749 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9750 else
9751 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9752
9753 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9754 arg,
9755 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9756 tempflag, type_wanted,
9757 0 /* Ignore count */,
9758 pending_break_support,
9759 ops,
9760 from_tty,
9761 1 /* enabled */,
9762 0 /* internal */,
9763 0);
9764}
9765
9766/* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9767
9768void
9769resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9770{
9771 CORE_ADDR pc;
9772
9773 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9774 {
9775 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9776 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9777 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9778 sal->pc = pc;
9779
9780 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9781 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9782 if (sal->explicit_line)
9783 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9784 }
9785
9786 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9787 {
9788 struct blockvector *bv;
9789 struct block *b;
9790 struct symbol *sym;
9791
9792 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9793 if (bv != NULL)
9794 {
9795 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9796 if (sym != NULL)
9797 {
9798 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9799 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9800 }
9801 else
9802 {
9803 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9804 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9805 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9806 happen in assembly source). */
9807
9808 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9809 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9810
9811 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9812
9813 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9814 if (msym)
9815 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9816
9817 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9818 }
9819 }
9820 }
9821}
9822
9823void
9824break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9825{
9826 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9827}
9828
9829void
9830tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9831{
9832 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9833}
9834
9835static void
9836hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9837{
9838 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9839}
9840
9841static void
9842thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9843{
9844 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9845}
9846
9847static void
9848stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9849{
9850 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9851Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9852 stop at <line>\n"));
9853}
9854
9855static void
9856stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9857{
9858 int badInput = 0;
9859
9860 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9861 badInput = 1;
9862 else if (*arg != '*')
9863 {
9864 char *argptr = arg;
9865 int hasColon = 0;
9866
9867 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9868 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9869 function/method name. */
9870 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9871 {
9872 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9873 argptr++;
9874 }
9875
9876 if (hasColon)
9877 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9878 else
9879 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9880 }
9881
9882 if (badInput)
9883 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9884 else
9885 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9886}
9887
9888static void
9889stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9890{
9891 int badInput = 0;
9892
9893 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9894 badInput = 1;
9895 else
9896 {
9897 char *argptr = arg;
9898 int hasColon = 0;
9899
9900 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9901 it is probably a line number. */
9902 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9903 {
9904 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9905 argptr++;
9906 }
9907
9908 if (hasColon)
9909 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9910 else
9911 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9912 }
9913
9914 if (badInput)
9915 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9916 else
9917 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9918}
9919
9920/* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9921 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9922 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9923 line. */
9924
9925static void
9926dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9927{
9928 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9929 arg,
9930 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9931 0, bp_dprintf,
9932 0 /* Ignore count */,
9933 pending_break_support,
9934 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9935 from_tty,
9936 1 /* enabled */,
9937 0 /* internal */,
9938 0);
9939}
9940
9941static void
9942agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9943{
9944 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9945}
9946
9947/* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9948 ranged breakpoints. */
9949
9950static int
9951breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9952 struct address_space *aspace,
9953 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9954 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9955{
9956 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9957 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9958 return 0;
9959
9960 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9961 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9962}
9963
9964/* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9965 ranged breakpoints. */
9966
9967static int
9968resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9969{
9970 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9971}
9972
9973/* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9974 ranged breakpoints. */
9975
9976static enum print_stop_action
9977print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9978{
9979 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9980 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9981 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9982
9983 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9984
9985 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9986 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9987
9988 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9989 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9990 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9991 else
9992 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9993 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9994 {
9995 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9996 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9997 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9998 }
9999 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10000 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10001
10002 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10003}
10004
10005/* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10006 ranged breakpoints. */
10007
10008static void
10009print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10010 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10011{
10012 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10013 struct value_print_options opts;
10014 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10015
10016 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10017 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10018
10019 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10020
10021 if (opts.addressprint)
10022 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10023 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10024 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10025 annotate_field (5);
10026 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10027 *last_loc = bl;
10028}
10029
10030/* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10031 ranged breakpoints. */
10032
10033static void
10034print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10035 struct ui_out *uiout)
10036{
10037 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10038 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10039 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10040 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10041
10042 gdb_assert (bl);
10043
10044 address_start = bl->address;
10045 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10046
10047 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10048 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10049 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10050 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10051 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10052 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10053
10054 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10055}
10056
10057/* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10058 ranged breakpoints. */
10059
10060static void
10061print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10062{
10063 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10064 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10065
10066 gdb_assert (bl);
10067 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10068
10069 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10070 return;
10071
10072 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10073 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10074 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10075}
10076
10077/* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10078 ranged breakpoints. */
10079
10080static void
10081print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10082{
10083 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10084 b->addr_string_range_end);
10085 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10086}
10087
10088/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10089
10090static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10091
10092/* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10093 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10094 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10095 last instruction of the given line. */
10096
10097static CORE_ADDR
10098find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10099{
10100 CORE_ADDR end;
10101
10102 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10103 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10104 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10105 end = sal.pc;
10106 else
10107 {
10108 int ret;
10109 CORE_ADDR start;
10110
10111 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10112 if (!ret)
10113 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10114
10115 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10116 end--;
10117 }
10118
10119 return end;
10120}
10121
10122/* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10123
10124static void
10125break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10126{
10127 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10128 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10129 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10130 CORE_ADDR end;
10131 struct breakpoint *b;
10132 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10133 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10134 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10135
10136 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10137 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10138 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10139
10140 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10141 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10142 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10143 bp_count, 0);
10144 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10145 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10146
10147 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10148 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10149 error(_("No address range specified."));
10150
10151 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10152
10153 arg_start = arg;
10154 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10155
10156 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10157
10158 if (arg[0] != ',')
10159 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10160 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10161 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10162
10163 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10164
10165 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10166 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10167 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10168
10169 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10170 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10171 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10172
10173 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10174 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10175
10176 /* Parse the end location. */
10177
10178 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10179 arg_start = arg;
10180
10181 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10182 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10183 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10184 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10185 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10186 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10187 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10188 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10189
10190 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10191
10192 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10193 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10194
10195 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10196 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10197 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10198 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10199
10200 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10201 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10202 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10203
10204 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10205 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10206 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10207
10208 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10209 if (length < 0)
10210 /* Length overflowed. */
10211 error (_("Address range too large."));
10212 else if (length == 1)
10213 {
10214 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10215 the `hbreak' command. */
10216 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10217
10218 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10219
10220 return;
10221 }
10222
10223 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10224 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10225 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10226 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10227 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10228 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10229 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10230 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10231 b->loc->length = length;
10232
10233 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10234
10235 mention (b);
10236 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10237 update_global_location_list (1);
10238}
10239
10240/* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10241 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10242 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10243 zero. */
10244
10245static int
10246watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10247{
10248 int i = exp->nelts;
10249
10250 while (i > 0)
10251 {
10252 int oplenp, argsp;
10253
10254 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10255 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10256 i -= oplenp;
10257
10258 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10259 {
10260 case BINOP_ADD:
10261 case BINOP_SUB:
10262 case BINOP_MUL:
10263 case BINOP_DIV:
10264 case BINOP_REM:
10265 case BINOP_MOD:
10266 case BINOP_LSH:
10267 case BINOP_RSH:
10268 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10269 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10270 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10271 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10272 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10273 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10274 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10275 case BINOP_LESS:
10276 case BINOP_GTR:
10277 case BINOP_LEQ:
10278 case BINOP_GEQ:
10279 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10280 case BINOP_COMMA:
10281 case BINOP_EXP:
10282 case BINOP_MIN:
10283 case BINOP_MAX:
10284 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10285 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10286 case BINOP_IN:
10287 case BINOP_RANGE:
10288 case TERNOP_COND:
10289 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10290
10291 case OP_LONG:
10292 case OP_DOUBLE:
10293 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10294 case OP_LAST:
10295 case OP_COMPLEX:
10296 case OP_STRING:
10297 case OP_ARRAY:
10298 case OP_TYPE:
10299 case OP_TYPEOF:
10300 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10301 case OP_NAME:
10302 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10303
10304 case UNOP_NEG:
10305 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10306 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10307 case UNOP_ADDR:
10308 case UNOP_HIGH:
10309 case UNOP_CAST:
10310
10311 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10312 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10313 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10314 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10315 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10316 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10317 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10318
10319 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10320 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10321 ADDR is. */
10322 break;
10323
10324 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10325 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10326
10327 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10328 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10329 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10330 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10331
10332 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10333 are always constant. */
10334 {
10335 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10336
10337 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10338 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10339 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10340 return 0;
10341 break;
10342 }
10343
10344 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10345 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10346 then it is not a constant. */
10347 default:
10348 return 0;
10349 }
10350 }
10351
10352 return 1;
10353}
10354
10355/* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10356
10357static void
10358dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10359{
10360 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10361
10362 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10363 xfree (w->exp);
10364 xfree (w->exp_string);
10365 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10366 value_free (w->val);
10367
10368 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10369}
10370
10371/* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10372
10373static void
10374re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10375{
10376 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10377
10378 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10379 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10380
10381 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10382 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10383 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10384 are loaded and unloaded.
10385
10386 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10387 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10388 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10389 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10390 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10391 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10392
10393 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10394 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10395 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10396 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10397
10398 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10399 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10400
10401 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10402 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10403 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10404}
10405
10406/* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10407
10408static int
10409insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10410{
10411 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10412 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10413
10414 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10415 w->cond_exp);
10416}
10417
10418/* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10419
10420static int
10421remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10422{
10423 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10424 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10425
10426 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10427 w->cond_exp);
10428}
10429
10430static int
10431breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10432 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10433 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10434{
10435 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10436 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10437
10438 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10439 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10440 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10441 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10442 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10443 (did not match the data address). */
10444 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10445 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10446 return 0;
10447
10448 return 1;
10449}
10450
10451static void
10452check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10453{
10454 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10455
10456 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10457}
10458
10459/* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10460 hardware watchpoints. */
10461
10462static int
10463resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10464{
10465 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10466 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10467
10468 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10469}
10470
10471/* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10472 hardware watchpoints. */
10473
10474static int
10475works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10476{
10477 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10478 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10479}
10480
10481static enum print_stop_action
10482print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10483{
10484 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10485 struct breakpoint *b;
10486 struct ui_file *stb;
10487 enum print_stop_action result;
10488 struct watchpoint *w;
10489 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10490
10491 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10492
10493 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10494 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10495
10496 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10497 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10498
10499 switch (b->type)
10500 {
10501 case bp_watchpoint:
10502 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10503 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10504 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10505 ui_out_field_string
10506 (uiout, "reason",
10507 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10508 mention (b);
10509 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10510 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10511 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10512 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10513 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10514 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10515 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10516 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10517 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10518 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10519 break;
10520
10521 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10522 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10523 ui_out_field_string
10524 (uiout, "reason",
10525 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10526 mention (b);
10527 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10528 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10529 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10530 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10531 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10532 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10533 break;
10534
10535 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10536 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10537 {
10538 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10539 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10540 ui_out_field_string
10541 (uiout, "reason",
10542 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10543 mention (b);
10544 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10545 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10546 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10547 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10548 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10549 }
10550 else
10551 {
10552 mention (b);
10553 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10554 ui_out_field_string
10555 (uiout, "reason",
10556 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10557 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10558 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10559 }
10560 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10561 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10562 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10563 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10564 break;
10565 default:
10566 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10567 }
10568
10569 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10570 return result;
10571}
10572
10573/* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10574 watchpoints. */
10575
10576static void
10577print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10578{
10579 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10580 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10581 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10582
10583 switch (b->type)
10584 {
10585 case bp_watchpoint:
10586 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10587 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10588 break;
10589 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10590 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10591 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10592 break;
10593 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10594 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10595 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10596 break;
10597 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10598 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10599 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10600 break;
10601 default:
10602 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10603 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10604 }
10605
10606 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10607 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10608 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10609 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10610}
10611
10612/* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10613 watchpoints. */
10614
10615static void
10616print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10617{
10618 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10619
10620 switch (b->type)
10621 {
10622 case bp_watchpoint:
10623 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10624 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10625 break;
10626 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10627 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10628 break;
10629 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10630 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10631 break;
10632 default:
10633 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10634 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10635 }
10636
10637 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10638 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10639}
10640
10641/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10642
10643static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10644
10645/* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10646 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10647
10648static int
10649insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10650{
10651 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10652
10653 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10654 bl->watchpoint_type);
10655}
10656
10657/* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10658 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10659
10660static int
10661remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10662{
10663 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10664
10665 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10666 bl->watchpoint_type);
10667}
10668
10669/* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10670 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10671
10672static int
10673resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10674{
10675 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10676
10677 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10678}
10679
10680/* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10681 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10682
10683static int
10684works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10685{
10686 return 0;
10687}
10688
10689/* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10690 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10691
10692static enum print_stop_action
10693print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10694{
10695 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10696 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10697
10698 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10699 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10700
10701 switch (b->type)
10702 {
10703 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10704 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10705 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10706 ui_out_field_string
10707 (uiout, "reason",
10708 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10709 break;
10710
10711 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10712 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10713 ui_out_field_string
10714 (uiout, "reason",
10715 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10716 break;
10717
10718 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10720 ui_out_field_string
10721 (uiout, "reason",
10722 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10723 break;
10724 default:
10725 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10726 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10727 }
10728
10729 mention (b);
10730 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10731Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10732address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10733 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10734
10735 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10736 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10737}
10738
10739/* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10740 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10741
10742static void
10743print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10744 struct ui_out *uiout)
10745{
10746 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10747
10748 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10749 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10750
10751 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10752 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10753 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10754}
10755
10756/* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10757 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10758
10759static void
10760print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10761{
10762 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10763 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10764 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10765
10766 switch (b->type)
10767 {
10768 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10769 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10770 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10771 break;
10772 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10773 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10774 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10775 break;
10776 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10777 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10778 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10779 break;
10780 default:
10781 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10782 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10783 }
10784
10785 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10786 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10787 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10788 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10789}
10790
10791/* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10792 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10793
10794static void
10795print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10796{
10797 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10798 char tmp[40];
10799
10800 switch (b->type)
10801 {
10802 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10803 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10804 break;
10805 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10806 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10807 break;
10808 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10809 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10810 break;
10811 default:
10812 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10813 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10814 }
10815
10816 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10818 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10819}
10820
10821/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10822
10823static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10824
10825/* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10826
10827static int
10828is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10829{
10830 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10831}
10832
10833/* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10834 hw_read: watch read,
10835 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10836static void
10837watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10838 int just_location, int internal)
10839{
10840 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10841 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10842 struct expression *exp;
10843 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10844 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10845 struct frame_info *frame;
10846 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10847 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10848 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10849 int toklen = -1;
10850 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10851 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10852 enum bptype bp_type;
10853 int thread = -1;
10854 int pc = 0;
10855 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10856 the hardware watchpoint. */
10857 int use_mask = 0;
10858 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10859 struct watchpoint *w;
10860 char *expression;
10861 struct cleanup *back_to;
10862
10863 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10864 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10865 {
10866 const char *value_start;
10867
10868 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10869
10870 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10871 of the arguments string. */
10872 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10873 {
10874 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10875 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10876 tok--;
10877
10878 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10879 This is the value of the parameter. */
10880 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10881 tok--;
10882 value_start = tok + 1;
10883
10884 /* Skip whitespace. */
10885 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10886 tok--;
10887
10888 end_tok = tok;
10889
10890 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10891 This is the parameter itself. */
10892 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10893 tok--;
10894 tok++;
10895 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10896
10897 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10898 {
10899 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10900 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10901 only in a specific thread. */
10902 char *endp;
10903
10904 if (thread != -1)
10905 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10906
10907 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10908 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10909
10910 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10911 thread ID. */
10912 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10913 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10914
10915 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10916 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10917 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10918 }
10919 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10920 {
10921 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10922 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10923 facility. */
10924 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10925
10926 if (use_mask)
10927 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10928
10929 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10930
10931 mark = value_mark ();
10932 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10933 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10934 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10935 }
10936 else
10937 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10938 break;
10939
10940 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10941 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10942 exp_end = tok;
10943 }
10944 }
10945 else
10946 exp_end = arg;
10947
10948 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10949 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10950 ARG. */
10951 innermost_block = NULL;
10952 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
10953 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
10954 exp_start = arg = expression;
10955 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10956 exp_end = arg;
10957 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10958 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10959 prettier. */
10960 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10961 --exp_end;
10962
10963 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10964 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10965 {
10966 int len;
10967
10968 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10969 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10970 len--;
10971 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10972 }
10973
10974 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10975 mark = value_mark ();
10976 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10977
10978 if (just_location)
10979 {
10980 int ret;
10981
10982 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10983 val = value_addr (result);
10984 release_value (val);
10985 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10986
10987 if (use_mask)
10988 {
10989 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10990 mask);
10991 if (ret == -1)
10992 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10993 else if (ret == -2)
10994 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10995 }
10996 }
10997 else if (val != NULL)
10998 release_value (val);
10999
11000 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11001 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11002
11003 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11004 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11005 {
11006 struct expression *cond;
11007
11008 innermost_block = NULL;
11009 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11010 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11011
11012 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11013 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11014 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11015
11016 xfree (cond);
11017 cond_end = tok;
11018 }
11019 if (*tok)
11020 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11021
11022 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11023 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11024 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11025 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11026 else
11027 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11028
11029 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11030
11031 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11032 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11033 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11034 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11035 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11036 {
11037 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11038 {
11039 scope_breakpoint
11040 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11041 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11042 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11043 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11044
11045 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11046
11047 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11048 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11049
11050 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11051 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11052
11053 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11054 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11055 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11056 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11057 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11058 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11059 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11060 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11061 scope_breakpoint->type);
11062 }
11063 }
11064
11065 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11066
11067 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11068 b = &w->base;
11069 if (use_mask)
11070 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11071 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11072 else
11073 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11074 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11075 b->thread = thread;
11076 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11077 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11078 w->exp = exp;
11079 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11080 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11081 if (just_location)
11082 {
11083 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11084 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11085 char *name;
11086
11087 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11088 name = type_to_string (t);
11089
11090 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11091 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11092 xfree (name);
11093
11094 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11095 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11096
11097 /* The above expression is in C. */
11098 b->language = language_c;
11099 }
11100 else
11101 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11102
11103 if (use_mask)
11104 {
11105 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11106 }
11107 else
11108 {
11109 w->val = val;
11110 w->val_valid = 1;
11111 }
11112
11113 if (cond_start)
11114 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11115 else
11116 b->cond_string = 0;
11117
11118 if (frame)
11119 {
11120 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11121 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11122 }
11123 else
11124 {
11125 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11126 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11127 }
11128
11129 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11130 {
11131 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11132 need to act on them together. */
11133 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11134 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11135 }
11136
11137 if (!just_location)
11138 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11139
11140 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11141 {
11142 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11143 that should be inserted. */
11144 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11145 }
11146 if (e.reason < 0)
11147 {
11148 delete_breakpoint (b);
11149 throw_exception (e);
11150 }
11151
11152 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11153 do_cleanups (back_to);
11154}
11155
11156/* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11157 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11158
11159static int
11160can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11161{
11162 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11163 struct value *head = v;
11164
11165 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11166 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11167 return 0;
11168
11169 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11170 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11171 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11172 hardware watchpoint.
11173
11174 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11175 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11176 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11177 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11178 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11179 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11180 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11181 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11182 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11183
11184 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11185 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11186 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11187 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11188 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11189 {
11190 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11191 {
11192 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11193 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11194 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11195 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11196 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11197 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11198 ;
11199 else
11200 {
11201 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11202 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11203 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11204
11205 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11206 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11207 middle of some value chain. */
11208 if (v == head
11209 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11210 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11211 {
11212 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11213 int len;
11214 int num_regs;
11215
11216 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11217 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11218 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11219
11220 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11221 if (!num_regs)
11222 return 0;
11223 else
11224 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11225 }
11226 }
11227 }
11228 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11229 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11230 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11231 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11232 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11233 }
11234
11235 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11236 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11237 return found_memory_cnt;
11238}
11239
11240void
11241watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11242{
11243 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11244}
11245
11246/* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11247 calls watch_command_1. */
11248
11249static void
11250watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11251{
11252 int just_location = 0;
11253
11254 if (arg
11255 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11256 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11257 {
11258 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11259 just_location = 1;
11260 }
11261
11262 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11263}
11264
11265static void
11266watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11267{
11268 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11269}
11270
11271void
11272rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11273{
11274 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11275}
11276
11277static void
11278rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11279{
11280 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11281}
11282
11283void
11284awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11285{
11286 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11287}
11288
11289static void
11290awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11291{
11292 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11293}
11294\f
11295
11296/* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11297 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11298
11299struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11300{
11301 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11302 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11303 int thread_num;
11304};
11305
11306/* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11307 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11308 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11309 command. */
11310static void
11311until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11312{
11313 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11314
11315 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11316 if (a->breakpoint2)
11317 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11318 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11319}
11320
11321void
11322until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11323{
11324 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11325 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11326 struct frame_info *frame;
11327 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11328 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11329 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11330 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11331 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11332 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11333 int thread;
11334 struct thread_info *tp;
11335
11336 clear_proceed_status ();
11337
11338 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11339 this function. */
11340
11341 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11342 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11343 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11344 get_last_displayed_line ());
11345 else
11346 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11347 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11348
11349 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11350 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11351
11352 sal = sals.sals[0];
11353 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11354
11355 if (*arg)
11356 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11357
11358 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11359
11360 tp = inferior_thread ();
11361 thread = tp->num;
11362
11363 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11364
11365 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11366 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11367 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11368 that. */
11369
11370 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11371 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11372 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11373 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11374
11375 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11376 one. */
11377
11378 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11379 {
11380 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11381
11382 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11383 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11384 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11385 sal2,
11386 caller_frame_id,
11387 bp_until);
11388 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11389
11390 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11391 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11392 }
11393
11394 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11395 frame = NULL;
11396
11397 if (anywhere)
11398 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11399 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11400 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11401 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11402 else
11403 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11404 only at the very same frame. */
11405 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11406 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11407 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11408
11409 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11410
11411 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11412 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11413 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11414 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11415
11416 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11417 {
11418 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11419 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11420
11421 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11422 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11423 args->thread_num = thread;
11424
11425 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11426 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11427 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11428 xfree);
11429 }
11430 else
11431 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11432}
11433
11434/* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11435 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11436
11437 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11438 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11439 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11440 if clause in the arg string. */
11441
11442static char *
11443ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11444{
11445 char *cond_string;
11446
11447 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11448 return NULL;
11449
11450 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11451 (*arg) += 2;
11452
11453 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11454 condition string. */
11455 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11456 cond_string = *arg;
11457
11458 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11459 string. */
11460 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11461
11462 return cond_string;
11463}
11464
11465/* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11466 process start/exit, etc. */
11467
11468typedef enum
11469{
11470 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11471 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11472}
11473catch_fork_kind;
11474
11475static void
11476catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11477 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11478{
11479 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11480 char *cond_string = NULL;
11481 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11482 int tempflag;
11483
11484 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11485 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11486 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11487
11488 if (!arg)
11489 arg = "";
11490 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11491
11492 /* The allowed syntax is:
11493 catch [v]fork
11494 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11495
11496 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11497 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11498
11499 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11500 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11501
11502 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11503 and enable reporting of such events. */
11504 switch (fork_kind)
11505 {
11506 case catch_fork_temporary:
11507 case catch_fork_permanent:
11508 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11509 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11510 break;
11511 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11512 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11513 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11514 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11515 break;
11516 default:
11517 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11518 break;
11519 }
11520}
11521
11522static void
11523catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11524 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11525{
11526 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11527 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11528 int tempflag;
11529 char *cond_string = NULL;
11530
11531 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11532
11533 if (!arg)
11534 arg = "";
11535 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11536
11537 /* The allowed syntax is:
11538 catch exec
11539 catch exec if <cond>
11540
11541 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11542 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11543
11544 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11545 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11546
11547 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11548 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11549 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11550 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11551
11552 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11553}
11554
11555static enum print_stop_action
11556print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11557{
11558 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11559 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11560 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11561
11562 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11563
11564 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11565 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11566 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11567 b->loc->address,
11568 b->number, 1);
11569 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11570 ui_out_text (uiout,
11571 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11572 : "Catchpoint ");
11573 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11574 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11575 ui_out_text (uiout,
11576 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11577 : " (exception caught), ");
11578 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11579 {
11580 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11581 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11582 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11583 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11584 }
11585 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11586}
11587
11588static void
11589print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11590 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11591{
11592 struct value_print_options opts;
11593 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11594
11595 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11596 if (opts.addressprint)
11597 {
11598 annotate_field (4);
11599 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11600 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11601 else
11602 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11603 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11604 }
11605 annotate_field (5);
11606 if (b->loc)
11607 *last_loc = b->loc;
11608 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11609 {
11610 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11611 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11612 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "throw");
11613 }
11614 else
11615 {
11616 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11617 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11618 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "catch");
11619 }
11620}
11621
11622static void
11623print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11624{
11625 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11626 int bp_temp;
11627 int bp_throw;
11628
11629 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11630 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11631 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11632 : _("Catchpoint "));
11633 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11634 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11635 : _(" (catch)"));
11636}
11637
11638/* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11639 catch catchpoints. */
11640
11641static void
11642print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11643 struct ui_file *fp)
11644{
11645 int bp_temp;
11646 int bp_throw;
11647
11648 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11649 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11650 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11651 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11652 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11653}
11654
11655static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11656
11657static int
11658handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11659 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11660{
11661 char *trigger_func_name;
11662
11663 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11664 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11665 else
11666 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11667
11668 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11669 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11670 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11671 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11672 0,
11673 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11674 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11675 1 /* enabled */,
11676 0 /* internal */,
11677 0);
11678
11679 return 1;
11680}
11681
11682/* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11683
11684static void
11685catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11686 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11687{
11688 char *cond_string = NULL;
11689
11690 if (!arg)
11691 arg = "";
11692 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11693
11694 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11695
11696 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11697 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11698
11699 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11700 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11701 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11702
11703 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11704 return;
11705
11706 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11707}
11708
11709/* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11710
11711static void
11712catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11713{
11714 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11715
11716 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11717}
11718
11719/* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11720
11721static void
11722catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11723{
11724 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11725
11726 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11727}
11728
11729void
11730init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11731 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11732 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11733 char *addr_string,
11734 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11735 int tempflag,
11736 int from_tty)
11737{
11738 if (from_tty)
11739 {
11740 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11741 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11742 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11743
11744 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11745 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11746 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11747 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11748 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11749 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11750 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11751 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11752 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11753 enough for now, though. */
11754 }
11755
11756 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11757
11758 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11759 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11760 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11761 b->language = language_ada;
11762}
11763
11764/* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11765 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11766static VEC(int) *
11767catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11768{
11769 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11770 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11771
11772 while (*arg != '\0')
11773 {
11774 int i, syscall_number;
11775 char *endptr;
11776 char cur_name[128];
11777 struct syscall s;
11778
11779 /* Skip whitespace. */
11780 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11781
11782 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11783 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11784 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11785 arg += i;
11786
11787 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11788 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11789 if (*endptr == '\0')
11790 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11791 else
11792 {
11793 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11794 to a number. */
11795 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11796
11797 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11798 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11799 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11800 syscall number to be caught. */
11801 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11802 }
11803
11804 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11805 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11806 }
11807
11808 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11809 return result;
11810}
11811
11812/* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11813
11814static void
11815catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11816 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11817{
11818 int tempflag;
11819 VEC(int) *filter;
11820 struct syscall s;
11821 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11822
11823 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11824 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11825 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11826this architecture yet."));
11827
11828 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11829
11830 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11831
11832 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11833 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11834 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11835 for his/her architecture. */
11836 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11837
11838 /* The allowed syntax is:
11839 catch syscall
11840 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11841
11842 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11843
11844 if (arg != NULL)
11845 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11846 else
11847 filter = NULL;
11848
11849 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11850 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11851}
11852
11853static void
11854catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11855{
11856 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11857}
11858\f
11859
11860static void
11861tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11862{
11863 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11864}
11865
11866/* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11867
11868static int
11869compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11870{
11871 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11872 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11873 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11874 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11875
11876 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11877 return -1;
11878 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11879 return 1;
11880
11881 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11882 the number 0. */
11883 if (ua < ub)
11884 return -1;
11885 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11886}
11887
11888/* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11889
11890static void
11891clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11892{
11893 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11894 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11895 int ix;
11896 int default_match;
11897 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11898 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11899 int i;
11900 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11901
11902 if (arg)
11903 {
11904 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11905 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11906 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11907 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11908 default_match = 0;
11909 }
11910 else
11911 {
11912 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11913 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11914 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11915 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11916
11917 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11918 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11919 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11920 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11921 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11922 error (_("No source file specified."));
11923
11924 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11925 sals.nelts = 1;
11926
11927 default_match = 1;
11928 }
11929
11930 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11931 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11932 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11933 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11934
11935 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11936 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11937 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11938 due to optimization, all in one block.
11939
11940 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11941 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11942 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11943 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11944 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11945 to support that. */
11946
11947 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11948 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11949 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11950 breakpoint. */
11951
11952 found = NULL;
11953 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11954 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11955 {
11956 const char *sal_fullname;
11957
11958 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11959 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11960 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11961 or at default pc.
11962
11963 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11964
11965 0 1 pc
11966 1 1 pc _and_ line
11967 0 0 line
11968 1 0 <can't happen> */
11969
11970 sal = sals.sals[i];
11971 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11972 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11973
11974 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11975 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11976 {
11977 int match = 0;
11978 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11979 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11980 {
11981 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11982 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11983 {
11984 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11985 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11986 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11987 && sal.pc
11988 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11989 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11990 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11991 || loc->section == sal.section));
11992 int line_match = 0;
11993
11994 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11995 && loc->symtab != NULL
11996 && sal_fullname != NULL
11997 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11998 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11999 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12000 sal_fullname) == 0)
12001 line_match = 1;
12002
12003 if (pc_match || line_match)
12004 {
12005 match = 1;
12006 break;
12007 }
12008 }
12009 }
12010
12011 if (match)
12012 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12013 }
12014 }
12015
12016 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12017 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12018 {
12019 if (arg)
12020 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12021 else
12022 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12023 }
12024
12025 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12026 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12027 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12028 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12029 compare_breakpoints);
12030 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12031 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12032 {
12033 if (b == prev)
12034 {
12035 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12036 --ix;
12037 }
12038 }
12039
12040 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12041 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12042 if (from_tty)
12043 {
12044 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12045 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12046 else
12047 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12048 }
12049
12050 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12051 {
12052 if (from_tty)
12053 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12054 delete_breakpoint (b);
12055 }
12056 if (from_tty)
12057 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12058
12059 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12060}
12061\f
12062/* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12063 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12064 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12065
12066void
12067breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12068{
12069 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12070
12071 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12072 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12073 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12074 && bs->stop)
12075 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12076
12077 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12078 {
12079 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12080 delete_breakpoint (b);
12081 }
12082}
12083
12084/* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12085 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12086 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12087 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12088 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12089 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12090
12091static int
12092bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12093{
12094 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12095 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12096 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12097 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12098 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12099
12100 if (a->address != b->address)
12101 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12102
12103 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12104 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12105 grouped. */
12106
12107 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12108 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12109 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12110
12111 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12112 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12113 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12114
12115 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12116 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12117 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12118
12119 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12120 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12121 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12122
12123 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12124}
12125
12126/* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12127 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12128 content of the bp_location array. */
12129
12130static void
12131bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12132{
12133 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12134
12135 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12136 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12137
12138 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12139 {
12140 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12141
12142 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12143 continue;
12144
12145 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12146 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12147
12148 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12149 addr = bl->address - start;
12150 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12151 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12152
12153 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12154
12155 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12156 addr = end - bl->address;
12157 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12158 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12159 }
12160}
12161
12162/* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12163
12164static void
12165download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12166{
12167 struct breakpoint *b;
12168 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12169
12170 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12171 return;
12172
12173 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12174
12175 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12176 {
12177 struct bp_location *bl;
12178 struct tracepoint *t;
12179 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12180
12181 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12182 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12183 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12184 continue;
12185
12186 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12187 {
12188 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12189 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12190 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12191 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12192 continue;
12193
12194 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12195
12196 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12197
12198 bl->inserted = 1;
12199 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12200 }
12201 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12202 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12203 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12204 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12205 }
12206
12207 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12208}
12209
12210/* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12211
12212static void
12213swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12214{
12215 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12216 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12217 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12218 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12219
12220 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12221 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12222 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12223 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12224 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12225
12226 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12227 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12228 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12229 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12230 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12231 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12232 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12233 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12234}
12235
12236/* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12237 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12238 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12239 the target. */
12240
12241static void
12242force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12243{
12244 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12245 struct bp_location *loc;
12246 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12247 int pspace_num;
12248
12249 address = bl->address;
12250 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12251
12252 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12253 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12254 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12255 side. */
12256 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12257 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12258 return;
12259
12260 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12261 the same program space as the location
12262 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12263 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12264 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12265 {
12266 loc = *loc2p;
12267
12268 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12269 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12270 continue;
12271
12272 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12273 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12274 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12275 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12276 that have already been marked. */
12277 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12278
12279 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12280 it later on. */
12281 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12282 {
12283 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12284 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12285 }
12286 }
12287}
12288
12289/* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12290 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12291 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12292 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12293 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12294 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12295 returns true on them.
12296
12297 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12298 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12299 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12300 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12301 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12302 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12303
12304static void
12305update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12306{
12307 struct breakpoint *b;
12308 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12309 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12310 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12311 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12312 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12313 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12314
12315 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12316 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12317 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12318 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12319 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12320 once. */
12321 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12322 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12323 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12324 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12325
12326 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12327 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12328 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12329 unsigned old_location_count;
12330
12331 old_location = bp_location;
12332 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12333 bp_location = NULL;
12334 bp_location_count = 0;
12335 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12336
12337 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12338 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12339 bp_location_count++;
12340
12341 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12342 locp = bp_location;
12343 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12344 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12345 *locp++ = loc;
12346 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12347 bp_location_compare);
12348
12349 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12350
12351 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12352 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12353 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12354 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12355 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12356 location.
12357
12358 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12359 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12360
12361 locp = bp_location;
12362 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12363 old_locp++)
12364 {
12365 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12366 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12367
12368 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12369 not, we have to free it. */
12370 int found_object = 0;
12371 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12372 int keep_in_target = 0;
12373 int removed = 0;
12374
12375 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12376 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12377 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12378 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12379 locp++;
12380
12381 for (loc2p = locp;
12382 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12383 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12384 loc2p++)
12385 {
12386 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12387 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12388 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12389 place there. */
12390 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12391 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12392 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12393 {
12394 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12395 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12396 }
12397
12398 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12399 found_object = 1;
12400 }
12401
12402 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12403 have to go through updates again. */
12404 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12405
12406 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12407 if (!found_object)
12408 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12409
12410 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12411 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12412 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12413 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12414 at certain location is not inserted. */
12415
12416 if (old_loc->inserted)
12417 {
12418 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12419 it. */
12420
12421 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12422 {
12423 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12424 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12425 keep_in_target = 1;
12426 }
12427 else
12428 {
12429 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12430 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12431 remove its target-side condition. */
12432
12433 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12434 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12435 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12436 this one from the target. */
12437
12438 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12439 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12440 {
12441 for (loc2p = locp;
12442 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12443 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12444 loc2p++)
12445 {
12446 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12447
12448 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12449 {
12450 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12451 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12452 supported, but the latter are. */
12453 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12454 {
12455 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12456 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12457 }
12458
12459 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12460 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12461 unduplicated. */
12462 if (loc2 != old_loc
12463 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12464 {
12465 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12466 keep_in_target = 1;
12467 break;
12468 }
12469 }
12470 }
12471 }
12472 }
12473
12474 if (!keep_in_target)
12475 {
12476 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12477 {
12478 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12479 this location on the global list, and try to
12480 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12481 reason why we will succeed next time.
12482
12483 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12484 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12485 only after calling us. */
12486 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12487 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12488 old_loc->owner->number);
12489 }
12490 removed = 1;
12491 }
12492 }
12493
12494 if (!found_object)
12495 {
12496 if (removed && non_stop
12497 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12498 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12499 {
12500 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12501 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12502 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12503 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12504 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12505 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12506 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12507 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12508 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12509 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12510 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12511 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12512 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12513 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12514 SIGTRAP.
12515
12516 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12517 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12518
12519 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12520 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12521 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12522 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12523 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12524 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12525 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12526 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12527 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12528 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12529 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12530 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12531 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12532 thread_count.
12533
12534 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12535 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12536 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12537 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12538
12539 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12540 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12541 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12542 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12543 traps we can no longer explain. */
12544
12545 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12546 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12547
12548 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12549 }
12550 else
12551 {
12552 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12553 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12554 }
12555 }
12556 }
12557
12558 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12559 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12560 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12561 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12562 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12563 are sorted first for the same address.
12564
12565 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12566 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12567
12568 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12569 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12570 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12571 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12572 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12573 {
12574 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12575 non-NULL. */
12576 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12577 b = loc->owner;
12578
12579 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12580 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12581 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12582 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12583 `struct bp_location'. */
12584 || is_tracepoint (b))
12585 {
12586 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12587 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12588 continue;
12589 }
12590
12591 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12592 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12593 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12594 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12595 "actually inserted"));
12596
12597 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12598 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12599 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12600 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12601 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12602 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12603 else
12604 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12605
12606 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12607 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12608 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12609 {
12610 *loc_first_p = loc;
12611 loc->duplicate = 0;
12612
12613 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12614 {
12615 loc->needs_update = 1;
12616 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12617 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12618 }
12619 continue;
12620 }
12621
12622
12623 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12624 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12625 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12626 if (loc->inserted)
12627 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12628 loc->duplicate = 1;
12629
12630 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12631 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12632
12633 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12634 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12635 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12636 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12637 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12638 }
12639
12640 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12641 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12642 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12643 {
12644 if (should_insert)
12645 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12646 else
12647 {
12648 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12649 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12650 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12651 "needs_update". */
12652 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12653 }
12654 }
12655
12656 if (should_insert)
12657 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12658
12659 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12660}
12661
12662void
12663breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12664{
12665 struct bp_location *loc;
12666 int ix;
12667
12668 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12669 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12670 {
12671 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12672 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12673 --ix;
12674 }
12675}
12676
12677static void
12678update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12679{
12680 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12681
12682 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12683 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12684}
12685
12686/* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12687
12688static void
12689bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12690{
12691 bpstat bs;
12692
12693 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12694 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12695 {
12696 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12697 bs->old_val = NULL;
12698 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12699 }
12700}
12701
12702/* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12703static int
12704bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12705{
12706 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12707
12708 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12709 return 0;
12710}
12711
12712/* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12713 callbacks. */
12714
12715static void
12716say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12717{
12718 struct value_print_options opts;
12719
12720 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12721
12722 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12723 single string. */
12724 if (b->loc == NULL)
12725 {
12726 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12727 }
12728 else
12729 {
12730 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12731 {
12732 printf_filtered (" at ");
12733 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12734 gdb_stdout);
12735 }
12736 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12737 {
12738 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12739 more nicely. */
12740 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12741 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12742 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12743 b->loc->line_number);
12744 else
12745 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12746 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12747 real situation somewhat. */
12748 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12749 }
12750
12751 if (b->loc->next)
12752 {
12753 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12754 int n = 0;
12755 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12756 ++n;
12757 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12758 }
12759 }
12760}
12761
12762/* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12763
12764static void
12765bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12766{
12767 xfree (self->cond);
12768 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12769 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12770 xfree (self->function_name);
12771}
12772
12773static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12774{
12775 bp_location_dtor
12776};
12777
12778/* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12779 inherit from. */
12780
12781static void
12782base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12783{
12784 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12785 xfree (self->cond_string);
12786 xfree (self->extra_string);
12787 xfree (self->addr_string);
12788 xfree (self->filter);
12789 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12790}
12791
12792static struct bp_location *
12793base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12794{
12795 struct bp_location *loc;
12796
12797 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12798 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12799 return loc;
12800}
12801
12802static void
12803base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12804{
12805 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12806}
12807
12808#define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12809 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12810
12811static int
12812base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12813{
12814 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12815}
12816
12817static int
12818base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12819{
12820 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12821}
12822
12823static int
12824base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12825 struct address_space *aspace,
12826 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12827 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12828{
12829 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12830}
12831
12832static void
12833base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12834{
12835 /* Always stop. */
12836}
12837
12838/* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12839 errors. */
12840
12841static int
12842base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12843{
12844 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12845}
12846
12847/* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12848 errors. */
12849
12850static int
12851base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12852{
12853 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12854}
12855
12856static enum print_stop_action
12857base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12858{
12859 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12860}
12861
12862static void
12863base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12864 struct ui_out *uiout)
12865{
12866 /* nothing */
12867}
12868
12869static void
12870base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12871{
12872 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12873}
12874
12875static void
12876base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12877{
12878 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12879}
12880
12881static void
12882base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12883 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12884 enum bptype type_wanted,
12885 char *addr_start,
12886 char **copy_arg)
12887{
12888 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12889}
12890
12891static void
12892base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12893 struct linespec_result *c,
12894 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12895 char *cond_string,
12896 char *extra_string,
12897 enum bptype type_wanted,
12898 enum bpdisp disposition,
12899 int thread,
12900 int task, int ignore_count,
12901 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12902 int from_tty, int enabled,
12903 int internal, unsigned flags)
12904{
12905 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12906}
12907
12908static void
12909base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12910 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12911{
12912 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12913}
12914
12915/* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12916
12917static enum bpstat_signal_value
12918base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b)
12919{
12920 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
12921}
12922
12923struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12924{
12925 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12926 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12927 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12928 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12929 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12930 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12931 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12932 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12933 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12934 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12935 NULL,
12936 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12937 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12938 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12939 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12940 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12941 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12942 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12943};
12944
12945/* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12946
12947static void
12948bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12949{
12950 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12951 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12952 {
12953 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12954 delete_breakpoint (b);
12955 return;
12956 }
12957
12958 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12959}
12960
12961static int
12962bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12963{
12964 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12965 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12966 &bl->target_info);
12967 else
12968 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12969 &bl->target_info);
12970}
12971
12972static int
12973bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12974{
12975 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12976 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12977 else
12978 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12979}
12980
12981static int
12982bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12983 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12984 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12985{
12986 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12987 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12988 return 0;
12989
12990 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12991 aspace, bp_addr))
12992 return 0;
12993
12994 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12995 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12996 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12997 return 0;
12998
12999 return 1;
13000}
13001
13002static int
13003bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13004{
13005 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13006
13007 return 1;
13008}
13009
13010static enum print_stop_action
13011bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13012{
13013 struct breakpoint *b;
13014 const struct bp_location *bl;
13015 int bp_temp;
13016 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13017
13018 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13019
13020 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13021 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13022
13023 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13024 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13025 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13026 bl->address,
13027 b->number, 1);
13028 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13029 if (bp_temp)
13030 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13031 else
13032 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13033 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13034 {
13035 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13036 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13037 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13038 }
13039 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13040 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13041
13042 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13043}
13044
13045static void
13046bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13047{
13048 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13049 return;
13050
13051 switch (b->type)
13052 {
13053 case bp_breakpoint:
13054 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13055 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13056 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13057 else
13058 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13059 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13060 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13061 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13062 break;
13063 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13064 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13065 break;
13066 case bp_dprintf:
13067 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13068 break;
13069 }
13070
13071 say_where (b);
13072}
13073
13074static void
13075bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13076{
13077 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13078 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13079 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13080 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13081 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13082 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13083 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13084 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13085 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13086 else
13087 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13088 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13089
13090 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13091 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13092}
13093
13094static void
13095bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13096 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13097 enum bptype type_wanted,
13098 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13099{
13100 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13101 addr_start, copy_arg);
13102}
13103
13104static void
13105bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13106 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13107 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13108 char *cond_string,
13109 char *extra_string,
13110 enum bptype type_wanted,
13111 enum bpdisp disposition,
13112 int thread,
13113 int task, int ignore_count,
13114 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13115 int from_tty, int enabled,
13116 int internal, unsigned flags)
13117{
13118 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13119 cond_string, extra_string,
13120 type_wanted,
13121 disposition, thread, task,
13122 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13123 enabled, internal, flags);
13124}
13125
13126static void
13127bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13128 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13129{
13130 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13131}
13132
13133/* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13134
13135static void
13136internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13137{
13138 switch (b->type)
13139 {
13140 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13141 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13142 case bp_overlay_event:
13143 case bp_longjmp_master:
13144 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13145 case bp_exception_master:
13146 delete_breakpoint (b);
13147 break;
13148
13149 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13150 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13151 case bp_shlib_event:
13152
13153 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13154 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13155 case bp_thread_event:
13156 break;
13157 }
13158}
13159
13160static void
13161internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13162{
13163 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13164 {
13165 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13166 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13167 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13168 objects (among other things). */
13169 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13170 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13171 }
13172 else
13173 bs->stop = 0;
13174}
13175
13176static enum print_stop_action
13177internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13178{
13179 struct breakpoint *b;
13180
13181 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13182
13183 switch (b->type)
13184 {
13185 case bp_shlib_event:
13186 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13187 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13188 to shlib event" message.) */
13189 print_solib_event (0);
13190 break;
13191
13192 case bp_thread_event:
13193 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13194 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13195 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13196 break;
13197
13198 case bp_overlay_event:
13199 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13200 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13201 break;
13202
13203 case bp_longjmp_master:
13204 /* These should never be enabled. */
13205 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13206 break;
13207
13208 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13209 /* These should never be enabled. */
13210 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13211 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13212 break;
13213
13214 case bp_exception_master:
13215 /* These should never be enabled. */
13216 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13217 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13218 break;
13219 }
13220
13221 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13222}
13223
13224static void
13225internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13226{
13227 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13228}
13229
13230/* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13231
13232static void
13233momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13234{
13235 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13236 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13237 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13238 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13239}
13240
13241static void
13242momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13243{
13244 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13245}
13246
13247static enum print_stop_action
13248momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13249{
13250 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13251
13252 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13253 {
13254 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13255
13256 switch (b->type)
13257 {
13258 case bp_finish:
13259 ui_out_field_string
13260 (uiout, "reason",
13261 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13262 break;
13263
13264 case bp_until:
13265 ui_out_field_string
13266 (uiout, "reason",
13267 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13268 break;
13269 }
13270 }
13271
13272 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13273}
13274
13275static void
13276momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13277{
13278 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13279}
13280
13281/* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13282
13283 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13284 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13285
13286static void
13287longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13288{
13289 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13290
13291 if (tp)
13292 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13293
13294 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13295}
13296
13297/* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13298
13299static int
13300bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13301{
13302 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13303
13304 if (v == 0)
13305 {
13306 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13307 if needed. */
13308 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13309 }
13310
13311 return v;
13312}
13313
13314static int
13315bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13316{
13317 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13318 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13319
13320 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13321}
13322
13323static void
13324bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13325 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13326 enum bptype type_wanted,
13327 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13328{
13329 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13330
13331 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13332
13333 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13334 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13335
13336 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13337}
13338
13339static void
13340bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13341 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13342{
13343 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13344 if (!sals->sals)
13345 error (_("probe not found"));
13346}
13347
13348/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13349
13350static void
13351tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13352{
13353 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13354}
13355
13356static int
13357tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13358 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13359 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13360{
13361 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13362 tracepoints. */
13363 return 0;
13364}
13365
13366static void
13367tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13368 struct ui_out *uiout)
13369{
13370 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13371 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13372 {
13373 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13374
13375 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13376 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13377 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13378 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13379 }
13380}
13381
13382static void
13383tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13384{
13385 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13386 return;
13387
13388 switch (b->type)
13389 {
13390 case bp_tracepoint:
13391 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13392 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13393 break;
13394 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13395 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13396 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13397 break;
13398 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13399 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13400 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13401 break;
13402 default:
13403 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13404 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13405 }
13406
13407 say_where (b);
13408}
13409
13410static void
13411tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13412{
13413 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13414
13415 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13416 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13417 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13418 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13419 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13420 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13421 else
13422 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13423 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13424
13425 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13426 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13427
13428 if (tp->pass_count)
13429 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13430}
13431
13432static void
13433tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13434 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13435 enum bptype type_wanted,
13436 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13437{
13438 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13439 addr_start, copy_arg);
13440}
13441
13442static void
13443tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13444 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13445 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13446 char *cond_string,
13447 char *extra_string,
13448 enum bptype type_wanted,
13449 enum bpdisp disposition,
13450 int thread,
13451 int task, int ignore_count,
13452 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13453 int from_tty, int enabled,
13454 int internal, unsigned flags)
13455{
13456 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13457 cond_string, extra_string,
13458 type_wanted,
13459 disposition, thread, task,
13460 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13461 enabled, internal, flags);
13462}
13463
13464static void
13465tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13466 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13467{
13468 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13469}
13470
13471struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13472
13473/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13474 static probe. */
13475
13476static void
13477tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13478 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13479 enum bptype type_wanted,
13480 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13481{
13482 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13483 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13484 addr_start, copy_arg);
13485}
13486
13487static void
13488tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13489 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13490{
13491 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13492 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13493}
13494
13495static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13496
13497/* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13498 markers (`-m'). */
13499
13500static void
13501strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13502 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13503 enum bptype type_wanted,
13504 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13505{
13506 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13507
13508 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13509
13510 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13511
13512 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13513 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13514 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13515}
13516
13517static void
13518strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13519 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13520 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13521 char *cond_string,
13522 char *extra_string,
13523 enum bptype type_wanted,
13524 enum bpdisp disposition,
13525 int thread,
13526 int task, int ignore_count,
13527 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13528 int from_tty, int enabled,
13529 int internal, unsigned flags)
13530{
13531 int i;
13532
13533 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13534 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13535 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13536 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13537 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13538 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13539
13540 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13541 {
13542 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13543 struct tracepoint *tp;
13544 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13545 char *addr_string;
13546
13547 expanded.nelts = 1;
13548 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13549
13550 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13551 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13552
13553 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13554 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13555 addr_string, NULL,
13556 cond_string, extra_string,
13557 type_wanted, disposition,
13558 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13559 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13560 canonical->special_display);
13561 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13562 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13563 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13564 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13565 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13566 corresponds to this one */
13567 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13568
13569 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13570
13571 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13572 }
13573}
13574
13575static void
13576strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13577 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13578{
13579 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13580
13581 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13582 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13583 {
13584 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13585 sals->nelts = 1;
13586 }
13587 else
13588 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13589}
13590
13591static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13592
13593static int
13594strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13595{
13596 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13597}
13598
13599/* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13600 structures. */
13601
13602void
13603delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13604{
13605 struct breakpoint *b;
13606
13607 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13608
13609 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13610 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13611 especial culprits.
13612
13613 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13614 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13615 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13616 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13617 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13618 deleted.
13619
13620 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13621 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13622 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13623 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13624 was chosen. */
13625 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13626 return;
13627
13628 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13629 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13630 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13631 {
13632 struct breakpoint *related;
13633 struct watchpoint *w;
13634
13635 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13636 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13637 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13638 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13639 else
13640 w = NULL;
13641 if (w != NULL)
13642 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13643
13644 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13645 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13646 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13647 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13648 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13649 }
13650
13651 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13652 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13653 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13654 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13655 if (bpt->number)
13656 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13657
13658 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13659 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13660
13661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13662 if (b->next == bpt)
13663 {
13664 b->next = bpt->next;
13665 break;
13666 }
13667
13668 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13669 been freed. */
13670 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13671 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13672 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13673 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13674 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13675 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13676 commands won't work. */
13677
13678 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13679
13680 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13681 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13682 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13683 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13684 might be better design to have location completely
13685 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13686 update_global_location_list (0);
13687
13688 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13689 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13690 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13691 bpt->type = bp_none;
13692 xfree (bpt);
13693}
13694
13695static void
13696do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13697{
13698 delete_breakpoint (b);
13699}
13700
13701struct cleanup *
13702make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13703{
13704 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13705}
13706
13707/* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13708 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13709
13710static void
13711iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13712 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13713 void *),
13714 void *data)
13715{
13716 struct breakpoint *related;
13717
13718 related = b;
13719 do
13720 {
13721 struct breakpoint *next;
13722
13723 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13724 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13725
13726 if (next == related)
13727 {
13728 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13729 function (related, data);
13730
13731 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13732 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13733 out. */
13734 break;
13735 }
13736 else
13737 function (related, data);
13738
13739 related = next;
13740 }
13741 while (related != b);
13742}
13743
13744static void
13745do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13746{
13747 delete_breakpoint (b);
13748}
13749
13750/* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13751 delete_breakpoint. */
13752
13753static void
13754do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13755{
13756 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13757}
13758
13759void
13760delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13761{
13762 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13763
13764 dont_repeat ();
13765
13766 if (arg == 0)
13767 {
13768 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13769
13770 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13771 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13772 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13773 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13774 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13775 {
13776 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13777 break;
13778 }
13779
13780 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13781 if (!from_tty
13782 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13783 {
13784 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13785 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13786 delete_breakpoint (b);
13787 }
13788 }
13789 else
13790 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13791}
13792
13793static int
13794all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13795{
13796 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13797 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13798 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13799 return 0;
13800 return 1;
13801}
13802
13803/* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13804 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13805 Null names are ignored. */
13806
13807static int
13808ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13809{
13810 struct bp_location *l;
13811 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13812 (int (*) (const void *,
13813 const void *)) streq,
13814 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13815
13816 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13817 {
13818 const char **slot;
13819 const char *name = l->function_name;
13820
13821 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13822 if (name == NULL)
13823 continue;
13824
13825 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13826 INSERT);
13827 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13828 returns NULL. */
13829 if (*slot != NULL)
13830 {
13831 htab_delete (htab);
13832 return 1;
13833 }
13834 *slot = name;
13835 }
13836
13837 htab_delete (htab);
13838 return 0;
13839}
13840
13841/* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13842 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13843 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13844 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13845 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13846 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13847 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13848 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13849 The heuristic is:
13850
13851 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13852 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13853 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13854 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13855 in the sources, and output a warning.
13856
13857 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13858 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13859 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13860 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13861 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13862 warning.
13863
13864 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13865 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13866 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13867 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13868 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13869 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13870 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13871 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13872 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13873
13874static struct symtab_and_line
13875update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13876{
13877 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13878 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13879 CORE_ADDR pc;
13880
13881 pc = sal.pc;
13882 if (sal.line)
13883 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13884
13885 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13886 {
13887 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13888 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13889 b->number,
13890 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13891
13892 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13893 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13894 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13895
13896 return sal;
13897 }
13898
13899 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13900 by string ID. */
13901 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13902 && sal.line != 0
13903 && sal.symtab != NULL
13904 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13905 {
13906 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13907
13908 markers
13909 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13910
13911 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13912 {
13913 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13914 struct symbol *sym;
13915 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13916 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13917
13918 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13919
13920 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13921 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13922
13923 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13924 "found at previous line number"),
13925 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13926
13927 init_sal (&sal2);
13928
13929 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13930
13931 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13932 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13933 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13934 if (sym)
13935 {
13936 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13937 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13938 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13939 }
13940 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
13941 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13942 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13943
13944 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13945 {
13946 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13947
13948 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13949 }
13950
13951 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13952 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13953
13954 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13955 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13956
13957 xfree (b->addr_string);
13958 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13959 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
13960 b->loc->line_number);
13961
13962 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13963 so. */
13964
13965 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13966 }
13967 }
13968 return sal;
13969}
13970
13971/* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13972 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13973
13974static int
13975locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13976{
13977 while (a && b)
13978 {
13979 if (a->address != b->address)
13980 return 0;
13981
13982 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13983 return 0;
13984
13985 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13986 return 0;
13987
13988 a = a->next;
13989 b = b->next;
13990 }
13991
13992 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13993 return 0;
13994
13995 return 1;
13996}
13997
13998/* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13999 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14000 a ranged breakpoint. */
14001
14002void
14003update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14004 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14005 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14006{
14007 int i;
14008 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14009
14010 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14011 {
14012 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14013 location. */
14014 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14015 update_global_location_list (1);
14016 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14017 "multiple locations found\n"),
14018 b->number);
14019 return;
14020 }
14021
14022 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14023 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14024 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14025 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14026 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14027 individual locations. */
14028 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14029 return;
14030
14031 b->loc = NULL;
14032
14033 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14034 {
14035 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14036
14037 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14038
14039 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14040
14041 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14042 old symtab. */
14043 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14044 {
14045 const char *s;
14046 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14047
14048 s = b->cond_string;
14049 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14050 {
14051 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14052 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14053 0);
14054 }
14055 if (e.reason < 0)
14056 {
14057 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14058 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14059 b->number, e.message);
14060 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14061 }
14062 }
14063
14064 if (sals_end.nelts)
14065 {
14066 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14067
14068 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14069 }
14070 }
14071
14072 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14073 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14074 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14075
14076 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14077 breakpoints. */
14078 {
14079 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14080 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14081 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14082 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14083 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14084 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14085 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14086
14087 for (; e; e = e->next)
14088 {
14089 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14090 {
14091 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14092 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14093 {
14094 for (; l; l = l->next)
14095 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14096 {
14097 l->enabled = 0;
14098 break;
14099 }
14100 }
14101 else
14102 {
14103 for (; l; l = l->next)
14104 if (l->function_name
14105 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14106 {
14107 l->enabled = 0;
14108 break;
14109 }
14110 }
14111 }
14112 }
14113 }
14114
14115 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14116 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14117
14118 update_global_location_list (1);
14119}
14120
14121/* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14122 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14123
14124static struct symtabs_and_lines
14125addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14126{
14127 char *s;
14128 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14129 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14130
14131 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14132 s = addr_string;
14133
14134 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14135 {
14136 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14137 }
14138 if (e.reason < 0)
14139 {
14140 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14141 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14142 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14143 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14144 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14145 state, then user already saw the message about that
14146 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14147 errors. */
14148 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14149 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14150 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14151 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14152 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14153 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14154
14155 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14156 {
14157 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14158 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14159 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14160 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14161 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14162 which approach is better. */
14163 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14164 throw_exception (e);
14165 }
14166 }
14167
14168 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14169 {
14170 int i;
14171
14172 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14173 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14174 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14175 {
14176 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14177 int thread, task;
14178
14179 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14180 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14181 &extra_string);
14182 if (cond_string)
14183 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14184 b->thread = thread;
14185 b->task = task;
14186 if (extra_string)
14187 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14188 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14189 }
14190
14191 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14192 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14193
14194 *found = 1;
14195 }
14196 else
14197 *found = 0;
14198
14199 return sals;
14200}
14201
14202/* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14203 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14204 locations. */
14205
14206static void
14207breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14208{
14209 int found;
14210 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14211 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14212 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14213
14214 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14215 if (found)
14216 {
14217 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14218 expanded = sals;
14219 }
14220
14221 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14222 {
14223 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14224 if (found)
14225 {
14226 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14227 expanded_end = sals_end;
14228 }
14229 }
14230
14231 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14232}
14233
14234/* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14235 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14236
14237static void
14238create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14239 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14240 enum bptype type_wanted,
14241 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14242{
14243 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14244}
14245
14246/* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14247 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14248 breakpoint_ops. */
14249
14250static void
14251create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14252 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14253 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14254 char *cond_string,
14255 char *extra_string,
14256 enum bptype type_wanted,
14257 enum bpdisp disposition,
14258 int thread,
14259 int task, int ignore_count,
14260 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14261 int from_tty, int enabled,
14262 int internal, unsigned flags)
14263{
14264 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14265 extra_string,
14266 type_wanted, disposition,
14267 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14268 enabled, internal, flags);
14269}
14270
14271/* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14272 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14273
14274static void
14275decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14276 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14277{
14278 struct linespec_result canonical;
14279
14280 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14281 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14282 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14283 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14284 b->filter);
14285
14286 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14287 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14288
14289 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14290 {
14291 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14292
14293 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14294 *sals = lsal->sals;
14295 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14296 contents. */
14297 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14298 }
14299
14300 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14301}
14302
14303/* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14304
14305static struct cleanup *
14306prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14307{
14308 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14309
14310 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14311 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14312 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14313 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14314 set_language (b->language);
14315
14316 return cleanups;
14317}
14318
14319/* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14320 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14321 Unused in this case. */
14322
14323static int
14324breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14325{
14326 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14327 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14328 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14329
14330 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14331 b->ops->re_set (b);
14332 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14333 return 0;
14334}
14335
14336/* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14337void
14338breakpoint_re_set (void)
14339{
14340 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14341 enum language save_language;
14342 int save_input_radix;
14343 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14344
14345 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14346 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14347 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14348
14349 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14350 {
14351 /* Format possible error msg. */
14352 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14353 b->number);
14354 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14355 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14356 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14357 }
14358 set_language (save_language);
14359 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14360
14361 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14362
14363 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14364
14365 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14366 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14367 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14368 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14369}
14370\f
14371/* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14372
14373 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14374 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14375void
14376breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14377{
14378 if (b->thread != -1)
14379 {
14380 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14381 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14382
14383 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14384 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14385 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14386 as well. */
14387 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14388 }
14389}
14390
14391/* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14392 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14393 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14394
14395void
14396set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14397{
14398 struct breakpoint *b;
14399
14400 if (count < 0)
14401 count = 0;
14402
14403 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14404 if (b->number == bptnum)
14405 {
14406 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14407 {
14408 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14409 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14410 bptnum);
14411 return;
14412 }
14413
14414 b->ignore_count = count;
14415 if (from_tty)
14416 {
14417 if (count == 0)
14418 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14419 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14420 bptnum);
14421 else if (count == 1)
14422 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14423 bptnum);
14424 else
14425 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14426 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14427 count, bptnum);
14428 }
14429 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14430 return;
14431 }
14432
14433 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14434}
14435
14436/* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14437
14438static void
14439ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14440{
14441 char *p = args;
14442 int num;
14443
14444 if (p == 0)
14445 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14446
14447 num = get_number (&p);
14448 if (num == 0)
14449 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14450 if (*p == 0)
14451 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14452
14453 set_ignore_count (num,
14454 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14455 from_tty);
14456 if (from_tty)
14457 printf_filtered ("\n");
14458}
14459\f
14460/* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14461 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14462
14463static void
14464map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14465 void *),
14466 void *data)
14467{
14468 int num;
14469 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14470 int match;
14471 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14472
14473 if (args == 0)
14474 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14475
14476 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14477
14478 while (!state.finished)
14479 {
14480 char *p = state.string;
14481
14482 match = 0;
14483
14484 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14485 if (num == 0)
14486 {
14487 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14488 }
14489 else
14490 {
14491 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14492 if (b->number == num)
14493 {
14494 match = 1;
14495 function (b, data);
14496 break;
14497 }
14498 if (match == 0)
14499 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14500 }
14501 }
14502}
14503
14504static struct bp_location *
14505find_location_by_number (char *number)
14506{
14507 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14508 char *p1;
14509 int bp_num;
14510 int loc_num;
14511 struct breakpoint *b;
14512 struct bp_location *loc;
14513
14514 *dot = '\0';
14515
14516 p1 = number;
14517 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14518 if (bp_num == 0)
14519 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14520
14521 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14522 if (b->number == bp_num)
14523 {
14524 break;
14525 }
14526
14527 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14528 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14529
14530 p1 = dot+1;
14531 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14532 if (loc_num == 0)
14533 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14534
14535 --loc_num;
14536 loc = b->loc;
14537 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14538 ;
14539 if (!loc)
14540 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14541
14542 return loc;
14543}
14544
14545
14546/* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14547 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14548 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14549
14550void
14551disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14552{
14553 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14554 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14555 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14556 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14557 return;
14558
14559 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14560 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14561 return;
14562
14563 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14564
14565 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14566 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14567
14568 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14569 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14570 {
14571 struct bp_location *location;
14572
14573 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14574 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14575 }
14576
14577 update_global_location_list (0);
14578
14579 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14580}
14581
14582/* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14583
14584static void
14585do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14586{
14587 disable_breakpoint (b);
14588}
14589
14590/* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14591 disable_breakpoint. */
14592
14593static void
14594do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14595{
14596 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14597}
14598
14599static void
14600disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14601{
14602 if (args == 0)
14603 {
14604 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14605
14606 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14607 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14608 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14609 }
14610 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14611 {
14612 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14613 if (loc)
14614 {
14615 if (loc->enabled)
14616 {
14617 loc->enabled = 0;
14618 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14619 }
14620 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14621 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14622 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14623 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14624 }
14625 update_global_location_list (0);
14626 }
14627 else
14628 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14629}
14630
14631static void
14632enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14633 int count)
14634{
14635 int target_resources_ok;
14636
14637 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14638 {
14639 int i;
14640 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14641 target_resources_ok =
14642 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14643 i + 1, 0);
14644 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14645 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14646 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14647 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14648 }
14649
14650 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14651 {
14652 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14653 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14654 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14655
14656 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14657 {
14658 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14659
14660 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14661 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14662 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14663 }
14664 if (e.reason < 0)
14665 {
14666 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14667 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14668 bpt->number);
14669 return;
14670 }
14671 }
14672
14673 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14674 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14675
14676 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14677
14678 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14679 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14680
14681 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14682 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14683 {
14684 struct bp_location *location;
14685
14686 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14687 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14688 }
14689
14690 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14691 bpt->enable_count = count;
14692 update_global_location_list (1);
14693
14694 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14695}
14696
14697
14698void
14699enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14700{
14701 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14702}
14703
14704static void
14705do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14706{
14707 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14708}
14709
14710/* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14711 enable_breakpoint. */
14712
14713static void
14714do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14715{
14716 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14717}
14718
14719/* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14720 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14721 in stopping the inferior. */
14722
14723static void
14724enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14725{
14726 if (args == 0)
14727 {
14728 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14729
14730 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14731 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14732 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14733 }
14734 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14735 {
14736 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14737 if (loc)
14738 {
14739 if (!loc->enabled)
14740 {
14741 loc->enabled = 1;
14742 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14743 }
14744 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14745 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14746 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14747 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14748 }
14749 update_global_location_list (1);
14750 }
14751 else
14752 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14753}
14754
14755/* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14756 breakpoints. */
14757
14758struct disp_data
14759{
14760 enum bpdisp disp;
14761 int count;
14762};
14763
14764static void
14765do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14766{
14767 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14768
14769 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14770}
14771
14772static void
14773do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14774{
14775 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14776
14777 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14778}
14779
14780static void
14781enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14782{
14783 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14784}
14785
14786static void
14787do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14788{
14789 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14790
14791 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14792}
14793
14794static void
14795enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14796{
14797 int count = get_number (&args);
14798
14799 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14800}
14801
14802static void
14803do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14804{
14805 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14806
14807 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14808}
14809
14810static void
14811enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14812{
14813 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14814}
14815\f
14816static void
14817set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14818{
14819}
14820
14821static void
14822show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14823{
14824}
14825
14826/* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14827 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14828 GDB itself. */
14829
14830static void
14831invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14832 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14833 const bfd_byte *data)
14834{
14835 struct breakpoint *bp;
14836
14837 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14838 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14839 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14840 {
14841 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14842
14843 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14844 {
14845 struct bp_location *loc;
14846
14847 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14848 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14849 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14850 && addr + len > loc->address)
14851 {
14852 value_free (wp->val);
14853 wp->val = NULL;
14854 wp->val_valid = 0;
14855 }
14856 }
14857 }
14858}
14859
14860/* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14861 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14862 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14863 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14864 someday. */
14865
14866void *
14867deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14868 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14869{
14870 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14871
14872 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14873
14874 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14875 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14876
14877 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14878 {
14879 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14880 xfree (bp_tgt);
14881 return NULL;
14882 }
14883
14884 return bp_tgt;
14885}
14886
14887/* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14888 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14889
14890int
14891deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14892{
14893 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14894 int ret;
14895
14896 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14897 xfree (bp_tgt);
14898
14899 return ret;
14900}
14901
14902/* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14903 stepping. */
14904
14905static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14906static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14907
14908/* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14909
14910void
14911insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14912 struct address_space *aspace,
14913 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14914{
14915 void **bpt_p;
14916
14917 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14918 {
14919 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14920 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14921 }
14922 else
14923 {
14924 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14925 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14926 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14927 }
14928
14929 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14930 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14931 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14932 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14933 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14934 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14935
14936 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14937 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14938 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14939 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14940}
14941
14942/* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14943 were inserted or not. */
14944
14945int
14946single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14947{
14948 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14949 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14950}
14951
14952/* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14953
14954void
14955remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14956{
14957 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14958
14959 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14960 call. */
14961 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14962 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14963 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14964 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14965
14966 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14967 {
14968 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14969 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14970 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14971 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14972 }
14973}
14974
14975/* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14976 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14977 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14978 exec. */
14979
14980void
14981cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14982{
14983 int i;
14984
14985 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14986 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14987 {
14988 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14989 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14990 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14991 }
14992}
14993
14994/* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14995 removing them. */
14996
14997static void
14998detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14999{
15000 int i;
15001
15002 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15003 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15004 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15005 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15006}
15007
15008/* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15009 PC. */
15010
15011static int
15012single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15013 CORE_ADDR pc)
15014{
15015 int i;
15016
15017 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15018 {
15019 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15020 if (bp_tgt
15021 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15022 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15023 aspace, pc))
15024 return 1;
15025 }
15026
15027 return 0;
15028}
15029
15030/* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15031 non-zero otherwise. */
15032static int
15033is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15034{
15035 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15036 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15037 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15038 return 1;
15039 else
15040 return 0;
15041}
15042
15043int
15044catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15045{
15046 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15047 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15048
15049 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15050}
15051
15052int
15053catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15054{
15055 struct breakpoint *bp;
15056
15057 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15058 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15059 {
15060 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15061
15062 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15063 {
15064 int i, iter;
15065 for (i = 0;
15066 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15067 i++)
15068 if (syscall_number == iter)
15069 return 1;
15070 }
15071 else
15072 return 1;
15073 }
15074
15075 return 0;
15076}
15077
15078/* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15079static VEC (char_ptr) *
15080catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15081 const char *text, const char *word)
15082{
15083 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15084 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15085 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15086
15087 xfree (list);
15088 return retlist;
15089}
15090
15091/* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15092
15093/* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15094static void
15095set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15096{
15097 tracepoint_count = num;
15098 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15099}
15100
15101static void
15102trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15103{
15104 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15105 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15106
15107 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15108 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15109 else
15110 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15111
15112 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15113 arg,
15114 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15115 0 /* tempflag */,
15116 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15117 0 /* Ignore count */,
15118 pending_break_support,
15119 ops,
15120 from_tty,
15121 1 /* enabled */,
15122 0 /* internal */, 0);
15123}
15124
15125static void
15126ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15127{
15128 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15129 arg,
15130 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15131 0 /* tempflag */,
15132 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15133 0 /* Ignore count */,
15134 pending_break_support,
15135 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15136 from_tty,
15137 1 /* enabled */,
15138 0 /* internal */, 0);
15139}
15140
15141/* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15142
15143static void
15144strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15145{
15146 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15147
15148 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15149 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15150 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15151 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15152 else
15153 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15154
15155 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15156 arg,
15157 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15158 0 /* tempflag */,
15159 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15160 0 /* Ignore count */,
15161 pending_break_support,
15162 ops,
15163 from_tty,
15164 1 /* enabled */,
15165 0 /* internal */, 0);
15166}
15167
15168/* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15169 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15170
15171static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15172static int next_cmd;
15173
15174static char *
15175read_uploaded_action (void)
15176{
15177 char *rslt;
15178
15179 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15180
15181 next_cmd++;
15182
15183 return rslt;
15184}
15185
15186/* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15187 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15188 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15189 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15190 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15191
15192struct tracepoint *
15193create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15194{
15195 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15196 struct tracepoint *tp;
15197
15198 if (utp->at_string)
15199 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15200 else
15201 {
15202 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15203 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15204 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15205 user. */
15206 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15207 "source location, using raw address"),
15208 utp->number);
15209 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15210 addr_str = small_buf;
15211 }
15212
15213 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15214 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15215 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15216 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15217 utp->number);
15218
15219 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15220 addr_str,
15221 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15222 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15223 0 /* tempflag */,
15224 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15225 0 /* Ignore count */,
15226 pending_break_support,
15227 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15228 0 /* from_tty */,
15229 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15230 0 /* internal */,
15231 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15232 return NULL;
15233
15234 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15235 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15236 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15237
15238 if (utp->pass > 0)
15239 {
15240 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15241 tp->base.number);
15242
15243 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15244 }
15245
15246 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15247 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15248 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15249 function. */
15250 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15251 {
15252 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15253
15254 this_utp = utp;
15255 next_cmd = 0;
15256
15257 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15258
15259 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15260 }
15261 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15262 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15263 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15264 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15265 utp->number);
15266
15267 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15268 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15269 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15270
15271 return tp;
15272}
15273
15274/* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15275 omitted. */
15276
15277static void
15278tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15279{
15280 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15281 int num_printed;
15282
15283 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15284
15285 if (num_printed == 0)
15286 {
15287 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15288 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15289 else
15290 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15291 }
15292
15293 default_collect_info ();
15294}
15295
15296/* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15297 Not supported by all targets. */
15298static void
15299enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15300{
15301 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15302}
15303
15304/* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15305 Not supported by all targets. */
15306static void
15307disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15308{
15309 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15310}
15311
15312/* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15313static void
15314delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15315{
15316 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15317
15318 dont_repeat ();
15319
15320 if (arg == 0)
15321 {
15322 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15323
15324 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15325 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15326 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15327 argument. */
15328 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15329 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15330 {
15331 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15332 break;
15333 }
15334
15335 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15336 if (!from_tty
15337 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15338 {
15339 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15340 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15341 delete_breakpoint (b);
15342 }
15343 }
15344 else
15345 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15346}
15347
15348/* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15349
15350static void
15351trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15352{
15353 tp->pass_count = count;
15354 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15355 if (from_tty)
15356 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15357 tp->base.number, count);
15358}
15359
15360/* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15361
15362 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15363 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15364 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15365
15366static void
15367trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15368{
15369 struct tracepoint *t1;
15370 unsigned int count;
15371
15372 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15373 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15374 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15375
15376 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15377
15378 args = skip_spaces (args);
15379 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15380 {
15381 struct breakpoint *b;
15382
15383 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15384 if (*args)
15385 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15386
15387 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15388 {
15389 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15390 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15391 }
15392 }
15393 else if (*args == '\0')
15394 {
15395 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15396 if (t1)
15397 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15398 }
15399 else
15400 {
15401 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15402
15403 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15404 while (!state.finished)
15405 {
15406 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15407 if (t1)
15408 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15409 }
15410 }
15411}
15412
15413struct tracepoint *
15414get_tracepoint (int num)
15415{
15416 struct breakpoint *t;
15417
15418 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15419 if (t->number == num)
15420 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15421
15422 return NULL;
15423}
15424
15425/* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15426 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15427 reconnecting). */
15428
15429struct tracepoint *
15430get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15431{
15432 struct breakpoint *b;
15433
15434 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15435 {
15436 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15437
15438 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15439 return t;
15440 }
15441
15442 return NULL;
15443}
15444
15445/* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15446 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15447 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15448 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15449struct tracepoint *
15450get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15451 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15452 int optional_p)
15453{
15454 struct breakpoint *t;
15455 int tpnum;
15456 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15457
15458 if (state)
15459 {
15460 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15461 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15462 }
15463 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15464 {
15465 if (optional_p)
15466 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15467 else
15468 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15469 }
15470 else
15471 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15472
15473 if (tpnum <= 0)
15474 {
15475 if (instring && *instring)
15476 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15477 instring);
15478 else
15479 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15480 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15481 return NULL;
15482 }
15483
15484 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15485 if (t->number == tpnum)
15486 {
15487 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15488 }
15489
15490 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15491 return NULL;
15492}
15493
15494void
15495print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15496{
15497 if (b->thread != -1)
15498 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15499
15500 if (b->task != 0)
15501 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15502
15503 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15504}
15505
15506/* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15507 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15508 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15509 non-zero. */
15510
15511static void
15512save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15513 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15514{
15515 struct breakpoint *tp;
15516 int any = 0;
15517 char *pathname;
15518 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15519 struct ui_file *fp;
15520 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15521
15522 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15523 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15524
15525 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15526 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15527 {
15528 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15529 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15530 continue;
15531
15532 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15533 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15534 continue;
15535
15536 any = 1;
15537
15538 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15539 {
15540 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15541
15542 /* We can stop searching. */
15543 break;
15544 }
15545 }
15546
15547 if (!any)
15548 {
15549 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15550 return;
15551 }
15552
15553 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15554 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15555 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15556 if (!fp)
15557 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15558 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15559 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15560
15561 if (extra_trace_bits)
15562 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15563
15564 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15565 {
15566 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15567 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15568 continue;
15569
15570 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15571 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15572 continue;
15573
15574 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15575
15576 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15577 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15578 instead. */
15579
15580 if (tp->cond_string)
15581 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15582
15583 if (tp->ignore_count)
15584 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15585
15586 if (tp->commands)
15587 {
15588 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15589
15590 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15591
15592 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15593 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15594 {
15595 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15596 }
15597 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15598
15599 if (ex.reason < 0)
15600 throw_exception (ex);
15601
15602 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15603 }
15604
15605 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15606 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15607
15608 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15609 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15610 special, and not user visible. */
15611 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15612 {
15613 struct bp_location *loc;
15614 int n = 1;
15615
15616 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15617 if (!loc->enabled)
15618 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15619 }
15620 }
15621
15622 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15623 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15624
15625 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15626 if (from_tty)
15627 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15628}
15629
15630/* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15631
15632static void
15633save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15634{
15635 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15636}
15637
15638/* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15639
15640static void
15641save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15642{
15643 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15644}
15645
15646/* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15647
15648VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15649all_tracepoints (void)
15650{
15651 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15652 struct breakpoint *tp;
15653
15654 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15655 {
15656 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15657 }
15658
15659 return tp_vec;
15660}
15661
15662\f
15663/* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15664 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15665 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15666 command. */
15667#define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15668command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15669PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15670probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15671guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15672LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15673If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15674If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15675If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15676With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15677stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15678\n\
15679THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15680CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15681\n\
15682Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15683conditions are different.\n\
15684\n\
15685Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15686
15687/* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15688static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15689
15690/* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15691static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15692
15693void
15694add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15695 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15696 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15697 completer_ftype *completer,
15698 void *user_data_catch,
15699 void *user_data_tcatch)
15700{
15701 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15702
15703 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15704 &catch_cmdlist);
15705 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15706 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15707 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15708
15709 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15710 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15711 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15712 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15713 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15714}
15715
15716static void
15717clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15718{
15719 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15720 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15721
15722 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15723 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15724 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15725}
15726
15727static void
15728save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15729{
15730 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15731 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15732 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15733}
15734
15735struct breakpoint *
15736iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15737 void *data)
15738{
15739 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15740
15741 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15742 {
15743 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15744 return b;
15745 }
15746
15747 return NULL;
15748}
15749
15750/* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15751 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15752
15753static int
15754is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15755{
15756 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15757 non-inline function. */
15758 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15759 return 1;
15760
15761 return 0;
15762}
15763
15764/* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15765 have been inlined. */
15766
15767int
15768pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15769 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15770{
15771 struct breakpoint *b;
15772 struct bp_location *bl;
15773
15774 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15775 {
15776 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15777 continue;
15778
15779 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15780 {
15781 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15782 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15783 return 1;
15784 }
15785 }
15786
15787 return 0;
15788}
15789
15790/* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15791
15792void
15793breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15794{
15795 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15796
15797 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15798 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
15799 loc->symtab = NULL;
15800}
15801
15802void
15803initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15804{
15805 static int initialized = 0;
15806
15807 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15808
15809 if (initialized)
15810 return;
15811 initialized = 1;
15812
15813 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15814 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15815 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15816 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15817 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15818 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15819 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15820 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15821 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15822 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15823 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15824 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15825
15826 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15827 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15828 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15829 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15830 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15831 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15832 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15833 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15834
15835 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15836 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15837 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15838 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15839 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15840 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15841 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15842 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15843 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15844 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15845
15846 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15847 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15848 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15849 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15850 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15851 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15852 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15853
15854 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15855 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15856 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15857 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15858 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15859 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15860 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15861
15862 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15863 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15864 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15865 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15866
15867 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15868 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15869 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15870 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15871 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15872 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15873 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15874
15875 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15876 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15877 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15878 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15879 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15880 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15881 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15882
15883 /* Watchpoints. */
15884 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15885 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15886 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15887 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15888 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15889 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15890 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15891 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15892 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15893 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15894 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15895 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15896 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15897
15898 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15899 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15900 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15901 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15902 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15903 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15904 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15905 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15906 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15907 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15908 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15909
15910 /* Tracepoints. */
15911 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15912 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15913 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15914 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15915 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15916 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15917 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15918 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15919 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15920 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15921
15922 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15923 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15924 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15925 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15926 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15927
15928 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15929 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15930 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15931 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15932 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15933 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15934
15935 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15936 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15937 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15938 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15939 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15940 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15941 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15942 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15943 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15944 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15945
15946 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15947 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15948 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15949 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15950 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15951 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15952 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15953 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15954 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15955 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15956
15957 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15958 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15959 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15960 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15961 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15962 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15963 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15964 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15965 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15966 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15967 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15968
15969 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15970 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15971 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15972 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15973 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15974 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15975 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15976 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15977 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15978 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15979 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15980
15981 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15982 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15983 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15984 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15985 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15986 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15987 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15988 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15989 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15990 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15991 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15992 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15993
15994 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15995 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15996 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15997 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15998 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15999 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16000 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16001}
16002
16003/* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16004
16005static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16006
16007void
16008_initialize_breakpoint (void)
16009{
16010 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16011
16012 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16013
16014 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16015 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16016 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16017
16018 breakpoint_objfile_key
16019 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16020
16021 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16022 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16023 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16024
16025 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16026 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16027 before a breakpoint is set. */
16028 breakpoint_count = 0;
16029
16030 tracepoint_count = 0;
16031
16032 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16033Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16034Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16035 if (xdb_commands)
16036 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16037
16038 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16039Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16040Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16041With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16042The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16043Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16044Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16045then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16046
16047 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16048Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16049Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16050expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16051 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16052
16053 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16054Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16055Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16056so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16057by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16058\n"
16059BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16060 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16061
16062 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16063Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16064Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16065some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16066\n"
16067BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16068 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16069
16070 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16071Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16072Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16073so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16074\n"
16075BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16076 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16077
16078 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16079Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16080Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16081With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16082This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16083With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16084 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16085 if (xdb_commands)
16086 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16087Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16088Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16089With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16090This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16091With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16092
16093 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16094
16095 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16096Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16097Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16098This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16099May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16100 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16101
16102 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16103Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16104If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16105 &enablebreaklist);
16106
16107 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16108Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16109If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16110 &enablebreaklist);
16111
16112 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16113Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16114If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16115the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16116 &enablebreaklist);
16117
16118 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16119Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16120If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16121 &enablelist);
16122
16123 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16124Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16125If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16126 &enablelist);
16127
16128 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16129Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16130If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16131the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16132 &enablelist);
16133
16134 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16135Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16136Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16137To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16138A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16139 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16140 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16141 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16142 if (xdb_commands)
16143 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16144Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16145Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16146To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16147A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16148
16149 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16150Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16151Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16152To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16153A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16154This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16155 &disablelist);
16156
16157 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16158Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16159Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16160To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16161\n\
16162Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16163The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16164 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16165 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16166 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16167 if (xdb_commands)
16168 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16169Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16170Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16171To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16172
16173 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16174Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16175Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16176To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16177This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16178 &deletelist);
16179
16180 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16181Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16182Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16183If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16184If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16185If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16186\n\
16187With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16188is executing in.\n\
16189\n\
16190See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16191 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16192
16193 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16194Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16195BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16196 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16197
16198 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16199 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16200 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16201 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16202
16203 if (xdb_commands)
16204 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16205
16206 if (dbx_commands)
16207 {
16208 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16209Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16210 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16211 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16212 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16213 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16214 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16215 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16216Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16217The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16218\tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16219\twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16220The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16221the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16222breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16223address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16224\n\
16225Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16226are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16227is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16228Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16229breakpoint set."));
16230 }
16231
16232 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16233Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16234The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16235\tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16236\twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16237The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16238the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16239breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16240address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16241\n\
16242Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16243are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16244is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16245Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16246breakpoint set."));
16247
16248 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16249
16250 if (xdb_commands)
16251 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16252Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16253The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16254\tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16255\twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16256The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16257the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16258breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16259address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16260\n\
16261Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16262are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16263is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16264Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16265breakpoint set."));
16266
16267 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16268Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16269The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16270\tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16271\twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16272\tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16273\tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16274\tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16275\tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16276The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16277the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16278breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16279address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16280\n\
16281Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16282are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16283is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16284Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16285breakpoint set."),
16286 &maintenanceinfolist);
16287
16288 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16289Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16290 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16291 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16292
16293 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16294Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16295 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16296 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16297
16298 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16299 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16300Catch an exception, when caught."),
16301 catch_catch_command,
16302 NULL,
16303 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16304 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16305 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16306Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16307 catch_throw_command,
16308 NULL,
16309 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16310 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16311 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16312 catch_fork_command_1,
16313 NULL,
16314 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16315 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16316 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16317 catch_fork_command_1,
16318 NULL,
16319 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16320 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16321 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16322 catch_exec_command_1,
16323 NULL,
16324 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16325 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16326 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16327Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16328If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16329 catch_load_command_1,
16330 NULL,
16331 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16332 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16333 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16334Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16335If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16336 catch_unload_command_1,
16337 NULL,
16338 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16339 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16340 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16341Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16342Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16343are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16344Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16345(if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16346 catch_syscall_command_1,
16347 catch_syscall_completer,
16348 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16349 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16350
16351 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16352Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16353Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16354A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16355an expression changes.\n\
16356If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16357the memory to which it refers."));
16358 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16359
16360 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16361Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16362Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16363A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16364an expression is read.\n\
16365If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16366the memory to which it refers."));
16367 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16368
16369 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16370Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16371Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16372A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16373an expression is either read or written.\n\
16374If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16375the memory to which it refers."));
16376 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16377
16378 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16379Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16380
16381 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16382 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16383 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16384 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16385Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16386Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16387If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16388such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16389created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16390hardware.)"),
16391 NULL,
16392 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16393 &setlist, &showlist);
16394
16395 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16396
16397 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16398
16399 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16400Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16401\n"
16402BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16403Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16404 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16405
16406 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16407 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16408 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16409 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16410
16411 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16412Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16413\n"
16414BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16415Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16416 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16417
16418 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16419Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16420\n\
16421strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16422LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16423or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16424If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16425for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16426of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16427at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16428with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16429the selected stack frame.\n\
16430Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16431This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16432tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16433by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16434\n\
16435CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16436\n\
16437Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16438conditions are different.\n\
16439\n\
16440Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16441Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16442 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16443
16444 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16445Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16446Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16447last tracepoint set."));
16448
16449 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16450
16451 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16452Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16453Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16454No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16455 &deletelist);
16456 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16457
16458 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16459Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16460Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16461No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16462 &disablelist);
16463 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16464
16465 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16466Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16467Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16468No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16469 &enablelist);
16470 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16471
16472 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16473Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16474The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16475Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16476if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16477
16478 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16479 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16480 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16481 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16482
16483 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16484Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16485This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16486catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16487session to restore them."),
16488 &save_cmdlist);
16489 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16490
16491 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16492Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16493Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16494 &save_cmdlist);
16495 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16496
16497 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16498 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16499
16500 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16501Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16502Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16503pending breakpoint behavior"),
16504 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16505 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16506 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16507Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16508Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16509pending breakpoint behavior"),
16510 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16511 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16512
16513 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16514 &pending_break_support, _("\
16515Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16516Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16517If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16518pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16519an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16520user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16521 NULL,
16522 show_pending_break_support,
16523 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16524 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16525
16526 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16527
16528 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16529 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16530Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16531Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16532If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16533breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16534a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16535 NULL,
16536 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16537 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16538 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16539
16540 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16541 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16542Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16543Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16544When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16545resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16546breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16547deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16548the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16549In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16550behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16551inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16552 NULL,
16553 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16554 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16555 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16556
16557 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16558 condition_evaluation_enums,
16559 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16560Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16561Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16562When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16563evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16564breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16565supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16566If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16567\"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16568be set to \"gdb\""),
16569 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16570 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16571 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16572 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16573
16574 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16575Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16576break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16577where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16578 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16579 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16580 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16581 or the start of the range\n\
16582 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16583 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16584 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16585\n\
16586The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16587an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16588range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16589
16590 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16591Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16592dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16593location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16594If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16595If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16596"));
16597 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16598
16599 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16600 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16601Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16602Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16603This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16604If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16605console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16606If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16607program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16608output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16609 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16610 &setlist, &showlist);
16611
16612 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16613 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16614 &dprintf_function, _("\
16615Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16616Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16617 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16618 &setlist, &showlist);
16619
16620 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16621 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16622 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16623Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16624Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16625 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16626 &setlist, &showlist);
16627
16628 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16629 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16630Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16631Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16632Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16633even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16634 NULL,
16635 NULL,
16636 &setlist, &showlist);
16637
16638 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16639agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16640(target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16641
16642 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16643
16644 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16645}
This page took 0.0804009999999999 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.